Implement the necessary functions to handle PRI capabilities
on PCIe devices. With PRI devices behind an IOMMU can signal
page fault conditions to software and recover from such
faults.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
ATS does not depend on IOV support, so move the code into
its own file. This file will also include support for the
PRI and PASID capabilities later.
Also give ATS its own Kconfig variable to allow selecting it
without IOV support.
Reviewed-by: Bjorn Helgaas <bhelgaas@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
I originally submitted a patch to workaround this by pushing all Ejection
Requests and Device Checks onto the kacpi_hotplug queue.
http://marc.info/?l=linux-acpi&m=131678270930105&w=2
The patch is still insufficient in that Bus Checks also need to be added.
Rather than add all events, including non-PCI-hotplug events, to the
hotplug queue, mjg suggested that a better approach would be to modify
the acpiphp driver so only acpiphp events would be added to the
kacpi_hotplug queue.
It's a longer patch, but at least we maintain the benefit of having separate
queues in ACPI. This, of course, is still only a workaround the problem.
As Bjorn and mjg pointed out, we have to refactor a lot of this code to do
the right thing but at this point it is a better to have this code working.
The acpi core places all events on the kacpi_notify queue. When the acpiphp
driver is loaded and a PCI card with a PCI-to-PCI bridge is removed the
following call sequence occurs:
cleanup_p2p_bridge()
-> cleanup_bridge()
-> acpi_remove_notify_handler()
-> acpi_os_wait_events_complete()
-> flush_workqueue(kacpi_notify_wq)
which is the queue we are currently executing on and the process will hang.
Move all hotplug acpiphp events onto the kacpi_hotplug workqueue. In
handle_hotplug_event_bridge() and handle_hotplug_event_func() we can simply
push the rest of the work onto the kacpi_hotplug queue and then avoid the
deadlock.
Signed-off-by: Prarit Bhargava <prarit@redhat.com>
Cc: mjg@redhat.com
Cc: bhelgaas@google.com
Cc: linux-acpi@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
The land of PCI power management is a land of sorrow and ugliness,
especially in the area of signaling events by devices. There are
devices that set their PME Status bits, but don't really bother
to send a PME message or assert PME#. There are hardware vendors
who don't connect PME# lines to the system core logic (they know
who they are). There are PCI Express Root Ports that don't bother
to trigger interrupts when they receive PME messages from the devices
below. There are ACPI BIOSes that forget to provide _PRW methods for
devices capable of signaling wakeup. Finally, there are BIOSes that
do provide _PRW methods for such devices, but then don't bother to
call Notify() for those devices from the corresponding _Lxx/_Exx
GPE-handling methods. In all of these cases the kernel doesn't have
a chance to receive a proper notification that it should wake up a
device, so devices stay in low-power states forever. Worse yet, in
some cases they continuously send PME Messages that are silently
ignored, because the kernel simply doesn't know that it should clear
the device's PME Status bit.
This problem was first observed for "parallel" (non-Express) PCI
devices on add-on cards and Matthew Garrett addressed it by adding
code that polls PME Status bits of such devices, if they are enabled
to signal PME, to the kernel. Recently, however, it has turned out
that PCI Express devices are also affected by this issue and that it
is not limited to add-on devices, so it seems necessary to extend
the PME polling to all PCI devices, including PCI Express and planar
ones. Still, it would be wasteful to poll the PME Status bits of
devices that are known to receive proper PME notifications, so make
the kernel (1) poll the PME Status bits of all PCI and PCIe devices
enabled to signal PME and (2) disable the PME Status polling for
devices for which correct PME notifications are received.
Tested-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
The "powernv" platform of the powerpc architecture needs to assign PCI
resources using a specific algorithm to fit some HW constraints of
the IBM "IODA" architecture (related to the ability to create error
handling domains that encompass specific segments of MMIO space).
For doing so, it wants to call pci_setup_bridge() from architecture
specific resource management in order to configure bridges after all
resources have been assigned. So make it non-static.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
These will be shared between the sfc driver and a PCI quirk.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Implementation of Read Local AMP Info Command
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Define Extended Flow Specification structures and default values.
Based upon haijun.liu <haijun.liu@atheros.com> series of patches
(sent Sun, 22 Aug 2010)
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
skb truesize currently accounts for sk_buff struct and part of skb head.
kmalloc() roundings are also ignored.
Considering that skb_shared_info is larger than sk_buff, its time to
take it into account for better memory accounting.
This patch introduces SKB_TRUESIZE(X) macro to centralize various
assumptions into a single place.
At skb alloc phase, we put skb_shared_info struct at the exact end of
skb head, to allow a better use of memory (lowering number of
reallocations), since kmalloc() gives us power-of-two memory blocks.
Unless SLUB/SLUB debug is active, both skb->head and skb_shared_info are
aligned to cache lines, as before.
Note: This patch might trigger performance regressions because of
misconfigured protocol stacks, hitting per socket or global memory
limits that were previously not reached. But its a necessary step for a
more accurate memory accounting.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
CC: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Adds definitins for L2CAP header sizes to be uses when calculating
payload size instead of magic numbers.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle POLL (P) bit in L2CAP ERTM using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Handle final (F) bit in L2CAP using information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Check frame function uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
L2CAP ERTM txseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
reqseq calculation uses now information about control field type.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Segmentation and Reassembly (SAR) occupies different windows in standard and
extended control fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift
to access SAR bits.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Supervisory bits occupy different windows in standard / extended control
fields. Convert hardcoded masks to relative ones and use shift to access
S-bit window.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds extended control field bit masks and rearrange defines to logical
groups: masks, flags and shift groups.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Adds support for extended window size (EWS) config option. We enable EWS
feature in L2CAP Info RSP when hs enabled. EWS option is included in L2CAP
Config Req if tx_win (which is set via socket) bigger then standard default
value (63) && hs enabled && remote side supports EWS feature.
Using EWS selects extended control field in L2CAP.
Code partly based on Qualcomm and Atheros patches sent upstream a year ago.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add empty of_device_is_compatible() and of_parse_phandle() for non-dt
builds to work.
Signed-off-by: Rajendra Nayak <rnayak@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
This patch do the following things:
1. Add header and Copyright for marvell usb driver.
2. Add mv_usb.h in include/linux/platform_data, make the driver
fits all the marvell platform using the same ChipIdea usb ip.
3. Some SOC may has mutiple clock sources, so let me define it
in mv_usb_platform_data and give two helper functions named
udc_clock_enable/udc_clock_disable to deal with the clocks.
4. Different SOCs will have some difference in PHY initialization,
so we will remove file mv_udc_phy.c and add two funtions in
mv_usb_platform_data, let the platform relative driver to realize it.
5. Rewrite probe function according to the modification list above. Find
it will kernel panic when probe failed. The root cause is as follows:
When probe failed, the error handle may call device_unregister()
which in return will call gadget_release.In current code,
gadget_release have two issues:
1: the_controller is a NULL pointer.
2: if we free udc here, then the following code in probe
will access NULL pointer.
Signed-off-by: Neil Zhang <zhangwm@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
some renesas_usbhs device is supporting OTG external device interface.
In that device, it is necessary to control PWEN/EXTLP on DVSTCTR.
This patch support it.
But renesas_usbhs driver doesn't have OTG support for now.
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
this patch add DVSTCTR control function for HOST support
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
renesas_usbhs will have register DVSTCTR control function for HOST support.
This patch changes usbhsc_bus_ctrl() to usbsc_set_buswait(),
to remove DVSTCTR access from it,
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
SH7757 has a USB function with internal DMA controller (SUDMAC).
This patch supports the SUDMAC. The SUDMAC is incompatible with
general-purpose DMAC. So, it doesn't use dmaengine.
Signed-off-by: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Allow processes that share the same XRC domain to open an existing
shareable QP. This permits those processes to receive events on the
shared QP and transfer ownership, so that any process may modify the
QP. The latter allows the creating process to exit, while a remaining
process can still transition it for path migration purposes.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC TGT QPs are shared resources among multiple processes. Since the
creating process may exit, allow other processes which share the same
XRC domain to open an existing QP. This allows us to transfer
ownership of an XRC TGT QP to another process.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Support the creation of XRC INI and TGT QPs. To handle the case where
a CQ or PD is not provided, we allocate them internally with the xrcd.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow the user to create XRC SRQs. This patch is based on a patch
from Jack Morgenstrein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Support creating and destroying XRC domains. Any sharing of the XRCD
is managed above the low-level driver.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow the user to indicate the QP type separately from the port space
when allocating an rdma_cm_id. With RDMA_PS_IB, there is no longer a
1:1 relationship between the QP type and port space, so we need to
switch on the QP type to select between UD and connected QPs.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Add RDMA_PS_IB. XRC QP types will use the IB port space when operating
over the RDMA CM. For the 'IP protocol' field value, we select 0x3F,
which is listed as being for 'any local network'.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
We require additional information to create XRC SRQs than we can
exchange using the existing create SRQ ABI. Provide an enhanced create
ABI for extended SRQ types.
Based on patches by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
and Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Allow user space to create XRC domains. Because XRCDs are expected to
be shared among multiple processes, we use inodes to identify an XRCD.
Based on patches by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC TGT QPs are intended to be shared among multiple users and
processes. Allow the destruction of an XRC TGT QP to be done explicitly
through ib_destroy_qp() or when the XRCD is destroyed.
To support destroying an XRC TGT QP, we need to track TGT QPs with the
XRCD. When the XRCD is destroyed, all tracked XRC TGT QPs are also
cleaned up.
To avoid stale reference issues, if a user is holding a reference on a
TGT QP, we increment a reference count on the QP. The user releases the
reference by calling ib_release_qp. This releases any access to the QP
from a user above verbs, but allows the QP to continue to exist until
destroyed by the XRCD.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
XRC communication is between an initiator (INI) QP and a target (TGT)
QP. Target QPs are associated with SRQs through an XRCD. An XRC TGT QP
behaves like a receive-only RD QP. XRC INI QPs behave similarly to RC
QPs, except that work requests posted to an XRC INI QP must specify the
remote SRQ that is the target of the work request.
We define two new QP types for XRC, to distinguish between INI and TGT
QPs, and update the core layer to support XRC QPs.
This patch is derived from work by Jack Morgenstein
<jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
XRC defines SRQs that are specifically used by XRC connections. Expand
the SRQ code to support XRC SRQs. An XRC SRQ is currently restricted to
only XRC use according to the IB XRC Annex.
Portions of this patch were derived from work by
Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Currently, there is only a single ("basic") type of SRQ, but with XRC
support we will add a second. Prepare for this by defining an SRQ type
and setting all current users to IB_SRQT_BASIC.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Now we use BLKIF_OP_DISCARD and add blkif_request_discard to blkif_request union,
the patch is taken from Owen Smith and Konrad, Thanks
Signed-off-by: Owen Smith <owen.smith@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Li Dongyang <lidongyang@novell.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Added a standardized macro CLKDEV_INIT which can used across all
the platforms to support clkdev
Suggested-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: H Hartley Sweeten <hsweeten@visionengravers.com>
Acked-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Padmavathi Venna <padma.v@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajeshwari Shinde <rajeshwari.s@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
This creates a subsystem for handling of pin control devices.
These are devices that control different aspects of package
pins.
Currently it handles pinmuxing, i.e. assigning electronic
functions to groups of pins on primarily PGA and BGA type of
chip packages which are common in embedded systems.
The plan is to also handle other I/O pin control aspects
such as biasing, driving, input properties such as
schmitt-triggering, load capacitance etc within this
subsystem, to remove a lot of ARM arch code as well as
feature-creepy GPIO drivers which are implementing the same
thing over and over again.
This is being done to depopulate the arch/arm/* directory
of such custom drivers and try to abstract the infrastructure
they all need. See the Documentation/pinctrl.txt file that is
part of this patch for more details.
ChangeLog v1->v2:
- Various minor fixes from Joe's and Stephens review comments
- Added a pinmux_config() that can invoke custom configuration
with arbitrary data passed in or out to/from the pinmux driver
ChangeLog v2->v3:
- Renamed subsystem folder to "pinctrl" since we will likely
want to keep other pin control such as biasing in this
subsystem too, so let us keep to something generic even though
we're mainly doing pinmux now.
- As a consequence, register pins as an abstract entity separate
from the pinmux. The muxing functions will claim pins out of the
pin pool and make sure they do not collide. Pins can now be
named by the pinctrl core.
- Converted the pin lookup from a static array into a radix tree,
I agreed with Grant Likely to try to avoid any static allocation
(which is crap for device tree stuff) so I just rewrote this
to be dynamic, just like irq number descriptors. The
platform-wide definition of number of pins goes away - this is
now just the sum total of the pins registered to the subsystem.
- Make sure mappings with only a function name and no device
works properly.
ChangeLog v3->v4:
- Define a number space per controller instead of globally,
Stephen and Grant requested the same thing so now maps need to
define target controller, and the radix tree of pin descriptors
is a property on each pin controller device.
- Add a compulsory pinctrl device entry to the pinctrl mapping
table. This must match the pinctrl device, like "pinctrl.0"
- Split the file core.c in two: core.c and pinmux.c where the
latter carry all pinmux stuff, the core is for generic pin
control, and use local headers to access functionality between
files. It is now possible to implement a "blank" pin controller
without pinmux capabilities. This split will make new additions
like pindrive.c, pinbias.c etc possible for combined drivers
and chunks of functionality which is a GoodThing(TM).
- Rewrite the interaction with the GPIO subsystem - the pin
controller descriptor now handles this by defining an offset
into the GPIO numberspace for its handled pin range. This is
used to look up the apropriate pin controller for a GPIO pin.
Then that specific GPIO range is matched 1-1 for the target
controller instance.
- Fixed a number of review comments from Joe Perches.
- Broke out a header file pinctrl.h for the core pin handling
stuff that will be reused by other stuff than pinmux.
- Fixed some erroneous EXPORT() stuff.
- Remove mispatched U300 Kconfig and Makefile entries
- Fixed a number of review comments from Stephen Warren, not all
of them - still WIP. But I think the new mapping that will
specify which function goes to which pin mux controller address
50% of your concerns (else beat me up).
ChangeLog v4->v5:
- Defined a "position" for each function, so the pin controller now
tracks a function in a certain position, and the pinmux maps define
what position you want the function in. (Feedback from Stephen
Warren and Sascha Hauer).
- Since we now need to request a combined function+position from
the machine mapping table that connect mux settings to drivers,
it was extended with a position field and a name field. The
name field is now used if you e.g. need to switch between two
mux map settings at runtime.
- Switched from a class device to using struct bus_type for this
subsystem. Verified sysfs functionality: seems to work fine.
(Feedback from Arnd Bergmann and Greg Kroah-Hartman)
- Define a per pincontroller list of GPIO ranges from the GPIO
pin space that can be handled by the pin controller. These can
be added one by one at runtime. (Feedback from Barry Song)
- Expanded documentation of regulator_[get|enable|disable|put]
semantics.
- Fixed a number of review comments from Barry Song. (Thanks!)
ChangeLog v5->v6:
- Create an abstract pin group concept that can sort pins into
named and enumerated groups no matter what the use of these
groups may be, one possible usecase is a group of pins being
muxed in or so. The intention is however to also use these
groups for other pin control activities.
- Make it compulsory for pinmux functions to associate with
at least one group, so the abstract pin group concept is used
to define the groups of pins affected by a pinmux function.
The pinmux driver interface has been altered so as to enforce
a function to list applicable groups per function.
- Provide an optional .group entry in the pinmux machine map
so the map can select beteween different available groups
to be used with a certain function.
- Consequent changes all over the place so that e.g. debugfs
present reasonable information about the world.
- Drop the per-pin mux (*config) function in the pinmux_ops
struct - I was afraid that this would start to be used for
things totally unrelated to muxing, we can introduce that to
the generic struct pinctrl_ops if needed. I want to keep
muxing orthogonal to other pin control subjects and not mix
these things up.
ChangeLog v6->v7:
- Make it possible to have several map entries matching the
same device, pin controller and function, but using
a different group, and alter the semantics so that
pinmux_get() will pick all matching map entries, and
store the associated groups in a list. The list will
then be iterated over at pinmux_enable()/pinmux_disable()
and corresponding driver functions called for each
defined group. Notice that you're only allowed to map
multiple *groups* to the same
{ device, pin controller, function } triplet, attempts
to map the same device to multiple pin controllers will
for example fail. This is hopefully the crucial feature
requested by Stephen Warren.
- Add a pinmux hogging field to the pinmux mapping entries,
and enable the pinmux core to hog pinmux map entries.
This currently only works for pinmuxes without assigned
devices as it looks now, but with device trees we can
look up the corresponding struct device * entries when
we register the pinmux driver, and have it hog each
pinmux map in turn, for a simple approach to
non-dynamic pin muxing. This addresses an issue from
Grant Likely that the machine should take care of as
much of the pinmux setup as possible, not the devices.
By supplying a list of hogs, it can now instruct the
core to take care of any static mappings.
- Switch pinmux group retrieveal function to grab an
array of strings representing the groups rather than an
array of unsigned and rewrite accordingly.
- Alter debugfs to show the grouplist handled by each
pinmux. Also add a list of hogs.
- Dynamically allocate a struct pinmux at pinmux_get() and
free it at pinmux_put(), then add these to the global
list of pinmuxes active as we go along.
- Go over the list of pinmux maps at pinmux_get() time
and repeatedly apply matches.
- Retrieve applicable groups per function from the driver
as a string array rather than a unsigned array, then
lookup the enumerators.
- Make the device to pinmux map a singleton - only allow the
mapping table to be registered once and even tag the
registration function with __init so it surely won't be
abused.
- Create a separate debugfs file to view the pinmux map at
runtime.
- Introduce a spin lock to the pin descriptor struct, lock it
when modifying pin status entries. Reported by Stijn Devriendt.
- Fix up the documentation after review from Stephen Warren.
- Let the GPIO ranges give names as const char * instead of some
fixed-length string.
- add a function to unregister GPIO ranges to mirror the
registration function.
- Privatized the struct pinctrl_device and removed it from the
<linux/pinctrl/pinctrl.h> API, the drivers do not need to know
the members of this struct. It is now in the local header
"core.h".
- Rename the concept of "anonymous" mux maps to "system" muxes
and add convenience macros and documentation.
ChangeLog v7->v8:
- Delete the leftover pinmux_config() function from the
<linux/pinctrl/pinmux.h> header.
- Fix a race condition found by Stijn Devriendt in pin_request()
ChangeLog v8->v9:
- Drop the bus_type and the sysfs attributes and all, we're not on
the clear about how this should be used for e.g. userspace
interfaces so let us save this for the future.
- Use the right name in MAINTAINERS, PIN CONTROL rather than
PINMUX
- Don't kfree() the device state holder, let the .remove() callback
handle this.
- Fix up numerous kerneldoc headers to have one line for the function
description and more verbose documentation below the parameters
ChangeLog v9->v10:
- pinctrl: EXPORT_SYMBOL needs export.h, folded in a patch
from Steven Rothwell
- fix pinctrl_register error handling, folded in a patch from
Axel Lin
- Various fixes to documentation text so that it's consistent.
- Removed pointless comment from drivers/Kconfig
- Removed dependency on SYSFS since we removed the bus in
v9.
- Renamed hopelessly abbreviated pctldev_* functions to the
more verbose pinctrl_dev_*
- Drop mutex properly when looking up GPIO ranges
- Return NULL instead of ERR_PTR() errors on registration of
pin controllers, using cast pointers is fragile. We can
live without the detailed error codes for sure.
Cc: Stijn Devriendt <highguy@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Russell King <linux@arm.linux.org.uk>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Tested-by: Barry Song <21cnbao@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
The problem here is that max_effects can wrap on 32 bits systems.
We'd allocate a smaller amount of data than sizeof(struct ff_device).
The call to kcalloc() on the next line would fail but it would write
the NULL return outside of the memory we just allocated causing data
corruption.
The call path is that uinput_setup_device() get ->ff_effects_max from
the user and sets the value in the ->private_data struct. From there
it is:
-> uinput_ioctl_handler()
-> uinput_create_device()
-> input_ff_create(dev, udev->ff_effects_max);
I've also changed ff_effects_max so it's an unsigned int instead of
a signed int as a cleanup.
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
This patch exposes the tos value for the TCP sockets when the TOS flag
is requested in the ext_flags for the inet_diag request. This would mainly be
used to expose TOS values for both for TCP and UDP sockets. Currently it is
supported for TCP. When netlink support for UDP would be added the support
to expose the TOS values would alse be done. For IPV4 tos value is exposed
and for IPV6 tclass value is exposed.
Signed-off-by: Murali Raja <muralira@google.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Acked-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
XRC ("eXtended reliable connected") is an IB transport that provides
better scalability by allowing senders to specify which shared receive
queue (SRQ) should be used to receive a message, which essentially
allows one transport context (QP connection) to serve multiple
destinations (as long as they share an adapter, of course).
A few new concepts are introduced to support this. This patch adds:
- A new device capability flag, IB_DEVICE_XRC, which low-level
drivers set to indicate that a device supports XRC.
- A new object type, XRC domains (struct ib_xrcd), and new verbs
ib_alloc_xrcd()/ib_dealloc_xrcd(). XRCDs are used to limit which
XRC SRQs an incoming message can target.
This patch is derived from work by Jack Morgenstein <jackm@dev.mellanox.co.il>.
Signed-off-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
ip_vs_mutext is used by both netns shutdown code and startup
and both implicit uses sk_lock-AF_INET mutex.
cleanup CPU-1 startup CPU-2
ip_vs_dst_event() ip_vs_genl_set_cmd()
sk_lock-AF_INET __ip_vs_mutex
sk_lock-AF_INET
__ip_vs_mutex
* DEAD LOCK *
A new mutex placed in ip_vs netns struct called sync_mutex is added.
Comments from Julian and Simon added.
This patch has been running for more than 3 month now and it seems to work.
Ver. 3
IP_VS_SO_GET_DAEMON in do_ip_vs_get_ctl protected by sync_mutex
instead of __ip_vs_mutex as sugested by Julian.
Signed-off-by: Hans Schillstrom <hans@schillstrom.com>
Acked-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: Simon Horman <horms@verge.net.au>
Signed-off-by: Pablo Neira Ayuso <pablo@netfilter.org>
Currently pstore write interface employs record id as return
value, but it is not enough because it can't tell caller if
the write operation is successful. Pass the record id back via
an argument pointer and return zero for success, non-zero for
failure.
Signed-off-by: Chen Gong <gong.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
Both Headset DAC need to be turned on/off at the same time before
any of the output drivers are enabled (HS Left/Right, Earpiece).
Move the HS DAC enable code to sequenced DAPM_SUPPLY, and attach
it to the DACs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
If the client only interested, if any of the vibra channels enabled, or
if any of the channels are set to receive audio data via PDM.
This function targets mainly the vibra driver, so it can check if it is
allowed to execute effects ot not.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The vibra control register will be used from the ASoC codec driver as well.
In order to avoid latency issues caused by I2C read access, cache the two
control register within the core driver, so we do not need to reach out
to the chip to read it back.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <samuel.ortiz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The bits within the two control registers (for left and right channel)
are identical.
Use common names for the bits acros the two register.
Also add the missing definition for the path selection bit.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Abort driver initialization if X plate resistance was not specified in
platform data as it will cause pressure to be always calculated as 0,
and making userspace ignore touch coordinates.
Signed-off-by: Philip Rakity <prakity@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
We can now move the radiotap header parsing into
ieee80211_monitor_start_xmit(). This moves it out of
the hotpath, and also helps the code since now the
radiotap header will no longer be present in
ieee80211_xmit() etc. which is easier to understand.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The purpose of this is two-fold:
1) by moving it out of tx_data.flags, we can in
another patch move the radiotap parsing so it
no longer is in the hotpath
2) if a device implements fragmentation but can
optionally skip it, the radiotap request for
not doing fragmentation may be honoured
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Introduce support for the following extended speeds:
FDR-10: a Mellanox proprietary link speed which is 10.3125 Gbps with
64b/66b encoding rather than 8b/10b encoding.
FDR: IBA extended speed 14.0625 Gbps.
EDR: IBA extended speed 25.78125 Gbps.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Apfelbaum <marcela@dev.mellanox.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Hal Rosenstock <hal@mellanox.com>
Reviewed-by: Sean Hefty <sean.hefty@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
This is only used/needed by the vmbus core code, so move it out of the
hyperv.h file and into the .c file that uses it.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This function is only used in the file it is declared in
(channel_mgmt.c) so make it static and remove it from the hyperv.h file.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This file was created by mushing different .h files together and it
shows. This change removes some unneeded forward declarations.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
I have no idea what these were ever for, but they aren't used, so delete
them.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
They aren't used anywhere anymore now that the debugging macros are
gone, so remove it from hyperv.h as well.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
As there is no user of this variable, it's time to delete it. For
dynamic debugging of the hyperv code, use the standard dynamic debug
kernel interface.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
These aren't used by anyone anymore, so remove them before someone tries
to use them again.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
It's a global symbol, so properly prefix it and use the proper EXPORT
value as well.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
No one outside of the hyperv core needs to include the asm/hyperv.h
file, so don't put it in the "global" include/linux/hyperv.h file.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
role_switch variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_active variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
force_reliable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
flushable variable inside l2cap_chan is a logical one and can
be easily converted to flag. Added flags in l2cap_chan structure.
Signed-off-by: Andrei Emeltchenko <andrei.emeltchenko@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Move all common parts from sdio.c and spi.c to main.c, since they now
can be handled as part of the platform driver.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
[forward-ported, cleaned-up and rephrased commit message]
[added a bunch of fixes and a new pdata element]
[moved some new code into main.c as well]
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Commit 1230db8e15 ("llist: Make some llist functions inline")
has deleted the definitions, causing problems for (not upstream yet)
code that tries to make use of them.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20111005172528.0d0a8afc65acef7ace22a24e@canb.auug.org.au
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
After many years wandering the desert, it is finally time for the
Microsoft HyperV code to move out of the staging directory. Or at least
the core hyperv bus code, and the utility driver, the rest still have
some review to get through by the various subsystem maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
The Kirkwood gave an unaligned memory access error on
line 742 of drivers/usb/host/echi-hcd.c:
"ehci->last_periodic_enable = ktime_get_real();"
Signed-off-by: Harro Haan <hrhaan@gmail.com>
Cc: stable <stable@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
There are no user of EXT3_IOC32_WAIT_FOR_READONLY and also it is
broken. No one set the set_ro_timer, no one wake up us and our
state is set to TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE not RUNNING. So remove it.
Cc: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Tao Ma <boyu.mt@taobao.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Add a way to send DRM events down the gpu fifo by attaching them to
fence objects. This may be useful for Xserver swapbuffer throttling and
page-flip done notifications.
Bump version to 2.2 to signal the availability of the FENCE_EVENT ioctl.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
We really should be doing this in the core, not in a driver...
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
This patch adds support for regulators that can be controlled via gpios.
Examples for such regulators are the TI-tps65024x voltage regulators
with 4 fixed and 1 runtime-switchable voltage regulators
or the TI-bq240XX charger regulators.
The number of controlling gpios is not limited, the mapping between
voltage/current and target gpio state is done via the states map
and the driver can be used for either voltage or current regulators.
A mapping for a regulator with two GPIOs could look like:
gpios = {
{ .gpio = GPIO1, .flags = GPIOF_OUT_INIT_HIGH, .label = "gpio name 1" },
{ .gpio = GPIO2, .flags = GPIOF_OUT_INIT_LOW, .label = "gpio name 2" },
}
The flags element of the gpios array determines the initial state of
the gpio, set during probe. The initial state of the regulator is also
calculated from these values
states = {
{ .value = volt_or_cur1, .gpios = (0 << 1) | (0 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur2, .gpios = (0 << 1) | (1 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur3, .gpios = (1 << 1) | (0 << 0) },
{ .value = volt_or_cur4, .gpios = (1 << 1) | (1 << 0) },
}
The target-state for the n-th gpio is determined by the n-th bit
in the bitfield of the target-value.
Signed-off-by: Heiko Stuebner <heiko@sntech.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The number of connected input and output endpoints for a given widgets
can't change during a DAPM run so there is no need to redo the recursion
through branches of the tree we've already visited. Doing this on one of
my test systems gives an improvement of:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 63 607 731
After: 63 141 181
which scales up well as more widgets are involved in paths.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handling of user control elements was implemented for all types except
ENUMERATED. This type will be needed for the device-specific mixers of
upcoming FireWire drivers.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Reorganize the standards macro and add a few more, that will be
used on msp3400 in order to allow it to detect the audio standard.
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
* pm-domains:
PM / Domains: Split device PM domain data into base and need_restore
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 sleep warning fixes
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 A3SM support
ARM: mach-shmobile: sh7372 generic suspend/resume support
PM / Domains: Preliminary support for devices with power.irq_safe set
PM: Move clock-related definitions and headers to separate file
PM / Domains: Use power.sybsys_data to reduce overhead
PM: Reference counting of power.subsys_data
PM: Introduce struct pm_subsys_data
ARM / shmobile: Make A3RV be a subdomain of A4LC on SH7372
PM / Domains: Rename argument of pm_genpd_add_subdomain()
PM / Domains: Rename GPD_STATE_WAIT_PARENT to GPD_STATE_WAIT_MASTER
PM / Domains: Allow generic PM domains to have multiple masters
PM / Domains: Add "wait for parent" status for generic PM domains
PM / Domains: Make pm_genpd_poweron() always survive parent removal
PM / Domains: Do not take parent locks to modify subdomain counters
PM / Domains: Implement subdomain counters as atomic fields
* pm-runtime:
PM / Tracing: build rpm-traces.c only if CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME is set
PM / Runtime: Replace dev_dbg() with trace_rpm_*()
PM / Runtime: Introduce trace points for tracing rpm_* functions
PM / Runtime: Don't run callbacks under lock for power.irq_safe set
USB: Add wakeup info to debugging messages
PM / Runtime: pm_runtime_idle() can be called in atomic context
PM / Runtime: Add macro to test for runtime PM events
PM / Runtime: Add might_sleep() to runtime PM functions
To avoid ifdefs in the other code that supports DCB notifiers
add stub routines. This method seems popular in other net code
for example 8021Q.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add DCBX mode to event notifiers so listeners can learn
currently enabled mode.
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Use ifindex instead of ifname in the DCB app ring. This makes for a smaller
data structure and faster comparisons. It also avoids possible issues when
a net device is renamed.
Signed-off-by: Mark Rustad <mark.d.rustad@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John Fastabend <john.r.fastabend@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By accident few places still uses the _2r calls from
the core.
This is a quick fix, the drivers using the old callbacks
going to be changed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Update struct iw_cm_event to support propagating the ird/ord values
upwards to the application.
Signed-off-by: Kumar Sanghvi <kumaras@chelsio.com>
Reviewed-by: Steve Wise <swise@opengridcomputing.com>
Signed-off-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
The two new attributes exclude_guest and exclude_host can
bes used by user-space to tell the kernel to setup
performance counter to either only count while the CPU is in
guest or in host mode.
An additional check is also introduced to make sure
user-space does not try to exclude guest and host mode from
counting.
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Gleb Natapov <gleb@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1317816084-18026-2-git-send-email-gleb@redhat.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
We do not have users for snd_soc_put_volsw_2r anymore.
It can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the put_volsw/put_volsw_2r in one function.
To avoid build breakage in twl6040 keep the
snd_soc_put_volsw_2r as define, and map it snd_soc_put_volsw.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the get_volsw/get_volsw_2r in one function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Handle the info_volsw/info_volsw_2r in one function.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
SOC_SINGLE/DOUBLE_VALUE is used for mixer controls, where the
bits are within one register.
Assign .rreg to be the same as .reg for these types.
With this change we can tell if the mixer in question:
is mono:
mc->reg == mc->rreg && mc->shift == mc->rshift
is stereo, within single register:
mc->reg == mc->rreg && mc->shift != mc->rshift
is stereo, in two registers:
mc->reg != mc->rreg
The patch provide a small inline function to query, if the mixer
is stereo, or mono.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Similar to Line Out, these constants form the base for future
patches enabling input jack reporting for Line in jacks.
Signed-off-by: David Henningsson <david.henningsson@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Some widgets will get power_check() run on them more than once during a
DAPM run, most commonly due to supply widgets checking to see if their
consumers are powered up. It's wasteful to do this so cache the result
of power_check() during a run. For one system I tested this on I got an
improvement of:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 106 970 1186
After: 69 727 905
from this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch is a DRM Driver for Samsung SoC Exynos4210 and now enables
only FIMD yet but we will add HDMI support also in the future.
this patch is based on git repository below:
git://people.freedesktop.org/~airlied/linux.git
branch name: drm-next
commit-id: 88ef4e3f4f
you can refer to our working repository below:
http://git.infradead.org/users/kmpark/linux-2.6-samsung
branch name: samsung-drm
We tried to re-use lowlevel codes of the FIMD driver(s3c-fb.c
based on Linux framebuffer) but couldn't so because lowlevel codes
of s3c-fb.c are included internally and so FIMD module of this driver has
its own lowlevel codes.
We used GEM framework for buffer management and DMA APIs(dma_alloc_*)
for buffer allocation so we can allocate physically continuous memory
for DMA through it and also we could use CMA later if CMA is applied to
mainline.
Refer to this link for CMA(Continuous Memory Allocator):
http://lkml.org/lkml/2011/7/20/45
this driver supports only physically continuous memory(non-iommu).
Links to previous versions of the patchset:
v1: < https://lwn.net/Articles/454380/ >
v2: < http://www.spinics.net/lists/kernel/msg1224275.html >
v3: < http://www.spinics.net/lists/dri-devel/msg13755.html >
v4: < http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.dri.devel/60439 >
v5: < http://comments.gmane.org/gmane.comp.video.dri.devel/60802 >
Changelog v2:
DRM: add DRM_IOCTL_SAMSUNG_GEM_MMAP ioctl command.
this feature maps user address space to physical memory region
once user application requests DRM_IOCTL_SAMSUNG_GEM_MMAP ioctl.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v3:
DRM: Support multiple irq.
FIMD and HDMI have their own irq handler but DRM Framework can regiter
only one irq handler this patch supports mutiple irq for Samsung SoC.
DRM: Consider modularization.
each DRM, FIMD could be built as a module.
DRM: Have indenpendent crtc object.
crtc isn't specific to SoC Platform so this patch gets a crtc
to be used as common object.
created crtc could be attached to any encoder object.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v4:
DRM: remove is_defult from samsung_fb.
is_default isn't used for default framebuffer.
DRM: code refactoring to fimd module.
this patch is be considered with multiple display objects and
would use its own request_irq() to register a irq handler instead of
drm framework's one.
DRM: remove find_samsung_drm_gem_object()
DRM: move kernel private data structures and definitions to driver folder.
samsung_drm.h would contain only public information for userspace
ioctl interface.
DRM: code refactoring to gem modules.
buffer module isn't dependent of gem module anymore.
DRM: fixed security issue.
DRM: remove encoder porinter from specific connector.
samsung connector doesn't need to have generic encoder.
DRM: code clean and add exception codes.
Changelog v5:
DRM: updated fimd(display controller) driver.
added various pixel formats, color key and pixel blending features.
DRM: removed end_buf_off from samsung_drm_overlay structure.
this variable isn't used and end buffer address would be
calculated by each sub driver.
DRM: use generic function for mmap_offset.
replaced samsung_drm_gem_create_mmap_offset() and
samsung_drm_free_mmap_offset() with generic ones applied
to mainline recentrly.
DRM: removed unnecessary codes and added exception codes.
DRM: added comments and code clean.
Changelog v6:
DRM: added default config options.
DRM: added padding for 64-bit align.
DRM: changed prefix 'samsung' to 'exynos'
Signed-off-by: Inki Dae <inki.dae@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Joonyoung Shim <jy0922.shim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
The Freescale DIU video controller supports five video "modes", but only
the first two are used by the driver. The other three are special modes
that don't make sense for a framebuffer driver. Therefore, there's no
point in keeping a global variable that indicates which mode we're
supposed to use.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Move several macros and structures from the Freescale DIU driver's header
file into the source file, because they're only used by that file. Also
delete a few unused macros.
The diu and diu_ad structures cannot be moved because they're being used
by the MPC5121 platform file. A future patch eliminate the need for
the platform file to access these structs, so they'll be moved also.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Use the _IOx macros to define the ioctl commands, instead of hard-coded
numbers. Unfortunately, the original definitions of MFB_SET_PIXFMT and
MFB_GET_PIXFMT used the wrong value for the size, so these macros have
new values now. To avoid breaking binary compatibility with older
applications, we retain support for the original values, but the driver
displays a warning message if they're used.
Also remove the FBIOGET_GWINFO and FBIOPUT_GWINFO ioctls. FBIOPUT_GWINFO
was never implemented, and FBIOGET_GWINFO was never used by any
application.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Add a helper similar to of_property_read_u32() that handles 64-bit
integers.
v2/v3: constify device node and property name parameters.
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Reviewed-by: Rob Herring <rob.herring@calxeda.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
The clocksource name should be const for correctness.
Cc: John Stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
To read the current PM QoS value for a given device we need to
make sure that the device's power.constraints object won't be
removed while we're doing that. For this reason, put the
operation under dev->power.lock and acquire the lock
around the initialization and removal of power.constraints.
Moreover, since we're using the value of power.constraints to
determine whether or not the object is present, the
power.constraints_state field isn't necessary any more and may be
removed. However, dev_pm_qos_add_request() needs to check if the
device is being removed from the system before allocating a new
PM QoS constraints object for it, so make it use the
power.power_state field of struct device for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* git://github.com/davem330/net:
pch_gbe: Fixed the issue on which a network freezes
pch_gbe: Fixed the issue on which PC was frozen when link was downed.
make PACKET_STATISTICS getsockopt report consistently between ring and non-ring
net: xen-netback: correctly restart Tx after a VM restore/migrate
bonding: properly stop queuing work when requested
can bcm: fix incomplete tx_setup fix
RDSRDMA: Fix cleanup of rds_iw_mr_pool
net: Documentation: Fix type of variables
ibmveth: Fix oops on request_irq failure
ipv6: nullify ipv6_ac_list and ipv6_fl_list when creating new socket
cxgb4: Fix EEH on IBM P7IOC
can bcm: fix tx_setup off-by-one errors
MAINTAINERS: tehuti: Alexander Indenbaum's address bounces
dp83640: reduce driver noise
ptp: fix L2 event message recognition
Add the ability to disable PCI-E MPS turning and using the BIOS
configured MPS defaults. Due to the number of issues recently
discovered on some x86 chipsets, make this the default behavior.
Also, add the option for peer to peer DMA MPS configuration. Peer to
peer DMA is outside the scope of this patch, but MPS configuration could
prevent it from working by having the MPS on one root port different
than the MPS on another. To work around this, simply make the system
wide MPS the smallest possible value (128B).
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <mason@myri.com>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add of_property_read_string_index and of_property_count_strings
to retrieve one string inside a property that will contains
severals strings.
Signed-off-by: Benoit Cousson <b-cousson@ti.com>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
In order to reduce the number of DAPM power checks we run keep a list of
widgets which have been changed since the last DAPM run and iterate over
that rather than the full widget list. Whenever we change the power state
for a widget we add all the source and sink widgets it has to the dirty
list, ensuring that all widgets in the path are checked.
This covers more widgets than we need to as some of the neighbour widgets
won't be connected but it's simpler as a first step. On one system I tried
this gave:
Power Path Neighbour
Before: 207 1939 2461
After: 114 1066 1327
which seems useful.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With the new macro we can remove duplicated code
for the SOC_DOUBLE_R type of controls.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
With the new macro we can remove duplicated code
for the SOC_DOUBLE type of controls.
We can also remap the SOC_SINGLE_VALUE macro to
SOC_DOUBLE_VALUE
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM1811 is mostly register compatible with the WM8994 and WM8958,
providing a high performance audio hub CODEC in a small form factor
suitable for ultra compact system designs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The WM1811 is mostly register compatible with the WM8994 and WM8958,
providing a high performance audio hub CODEC in a small form factor
suitable for ultra compact system designs.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Initial benchmarks show they're a net loss:
$ for i in /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpu*/cpufreq/scaling_governor ; do echo performance > $i; done
$ echo 4096 32000 64 128 > /proc/sys/kernel/sem
$ ./sembench -t 2048 -w 1900 -o 0
Pre:
run time 30 seconds 778936 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 912190 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 817506 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 830870 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 845056 worker burns per second
Post:
run time 30 seconds 905920 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 849046 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 886286 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 822320 worker burns per second
run time 30 seconds 900283 worker burns per second
So about 4% faster. (!)
cpu_relax() stalls the pipeline, therefore, when used in a tight loop
it has the following benefits:
- allows SMT siblings to have a go;
- reduces pressure on the CPU interconnect.
However, cmpxchg loops are unfair and thus have unbounded completion
time, therefore we should avoid getting in such heavily contended
situations where the above benefits make any difference.
A typical cmpxchg loop should not go round more than a handfull of
times at worst, therefore adding extra delays just slows things down.
Since the llist primitives are new, there aren't any bad users yet,
and we should avoid growing them. Heavily contended sites should
generally be better off using the ticket locks for serialization since
they provide bounded completion times (fifo-fair over the cpus).
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836358.26517.43.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use the generic llist primitives.
We had a private lockless list implementation in the scheduler in the wake-list
code, now that we have a generic llist implementation that provides all required
operations, switch to it.
This patch is not expected to change any behavior.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836353.26517.42.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
So we don't have to expose the struct list_node member.
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315836348.26517.41.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Use llist in irq_work instead of the lock-less linked list
implementation in irq_work to avoid the code duplication.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-6-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Extend the llist_add*() functions to return a success indicator, this
allows us in the scheduler code to send an IPI if the queue was empty.
( There's no effect on existing users, because the list_add_xxx() functions
are inline, thus this will be optimized out by the compiler if not used
by callers. )
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-5-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
If in llist_add()/etc. functions the first cmpxchg() call succeeds, it is
not necessary to use cpu_relax() before the cmpxchg(). So cpu_relax() in
a busy loop involving cmpxchg() should go after cmpxchg() instead of before
that.
This patch fixes this for all involved llist functions.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-4-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Remove the nmi() checks spread around the code. in_nmi() is not available
on every architecture and it's a pretty obscure and ugly check in any case.
Cc: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-3-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
In the pNFS obj-LD the device table at the layout level needs
to point to a device_cache node, where it is possible and likely
that many layouts will point to the same device-nodes.
In Exofs we have a more orderly structure where we have a single
array of devices that repeats twice for a round-robin view of the
device table
This patch moves to a model that can be used by the pNFS obj-LD
where struct ore_components holds an array of ore_dev-pointers.
(ore_dev is newly defined and contains a struct osd_dev *od
member)
Each pointer in the array of pointers will point to a bigger
user-defined dev_struct. That can be accessed by use of the
container_of macro.
In Exofs an __alloc_dev_table() function allocates the
ore_dev-pointers array as well as an exofs_dev array, in one
allocation and does the addresses dance to set everything pointing
correctly. It still keeps the double allocation trick for the
inodes round-robin view of the table.
The device table is always allocated dynamically, also for the
single device case. So it is unconditionally freed at umount.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Because llist code will be used in performance critical scheduler
code path, make llist_add() and llist_del_all() inline to avoid
function calling overhead and related 'glue' overhead.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1315461646-1379-2-git-send-email-ying.huang@intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Each event adds some points to its counters. By default it adds 1,
and a number of points may be transmited in event's parameters.
E.g. sched:sched_stat_runtime adds how long process has been running.
But this functionality was broken by v2.6.31-rc5-392-gf413cdb
and now the event's parameters doesn't affect on a number of points.
TP_perf_assign isn't defined, so __perf_count(c) isn't executed and
__count is always equal to 1.
Signed-off-by: Andrew Vagin <avagin@openvz.org>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1317052535-1765247-2-git-send-email-avagin@openvz.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
tx params should be configured per interface.
add ieee80211_vif param to the conf_tx callback,
and change all the drivers that use this callback.
The following spatch was used:
@rule1@
struct ieee80211_ops ops;
identifier conf_tx_op;
@@
ops.conf_tx = conf_tx_op;
@rule2@
identifier rule1.conf_tx_op;
identifier hw, queue, params;
@@
conf_tx_op (
- struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
+ struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
u16 queue,
const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params) {...}
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Recently mac80211 was changed to use nullfunc instead of probe
request for connection monitoring for tx ack status reporting
hardwares. Sometimes in congested network, STA got disconnected
quickly after the association. It was observered that the rate
control was not adopted to environment due to minimal transmission.
As the nullfunc are used for monitoring purpose, these frames should
not be sacrificed for rate control updation. So it is better to send
the monitoring null func frames at minimum rate that could help to
retain the connection.
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a gpio setup function which gives a chance to set up
platform specific configuration such as pin multiplexing,
input/output direction at the runtime or booting time.
Signed-off-by: Sangwook Lee <sangwook.lee@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow injected unicast frames to be sent without having to wait
for an ACK.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
removing obsoleted sysctl,
ip_rt_gc_interval variable no longer used since 2.6.38
Signed-off-by: Vasily Averin <vvs@sw.ru>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This repairs problem with compile library in userspace (libnl).
Signed-off-by: Jiří Župka <jzupka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Allows ss command (iproute2) to display "ecnseen" if at least one packet
with ECT(0) or ECT(1) or ECN was received by this socket.
"ecn" means ECN was negotiated at session establishment (TCP level)
"ecnseen" means we received at least one packet with ECT fields set (IP
level)
ss -i
...
ESTAB 0 0 192.168.20.110:22 192.168.20.144:38016
ino:5950 sk:f178e400
mem:(r0,w0,f0,t0) ts sack ecn ecnseen bic wscale:7,8 rto:210
rtt:12.5/7.5 cwnd:10 send 9.3Mbps rcv_space:14480
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct ore_striping_info will be used later in other
structures. And ore_calc_stripe_info as well. Rename them
make struct ore_striping_info public. ore_calc_stripe_info
is still static, will be made public on first use.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
The struct pnfs_osd_data_map data_map member of exofs_sb_info was
never used after mount. In fact all it's members were duplicated
by the ore_layout structure. So just remove the duplicated information.
Also removed some stupid, but perfectly supported, restrictions on
layout parameters. The case where num_devices is not divisible by
mirror_count+1 is perfectly fine since the rotating device view
will eventually use all the devices it can get.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Signed-off-by: Benny Halevy <bhalevy@tonian.com>
ore_components already has a comps member so this leads
to things like comps->comps which is annoying. the name oc
was already used in new code. So rename all old usage of
ore_components comps => ore_components oc.
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Add zorder support on OMAP4, this feature allows deciding the visibility order
of the overlays based on the zorder value provided as an overlay info parameter
or a sysfs attribute of the overlay object.
Use the overlay cap OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_ZORDER to determine whether zorder is
supported for the overlay or not. Use dss feature FEAT_ALPHA_FREE_ZORDER
if the caps are not available.
Ensure that all overlays that are enabled and connected to the same manager
have different zorders. Swapping zorders of 2 enabled overlays currently
requires disabling one of the overlays.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add support for VIDEO3 pipeline on OMAP4:
- Add VIDEO3 pipeline information in dss_features and omapdss.h
- Add VIDEO3 pipeline register coefficients in dispc.h
- Create a new overlay structure corresponding to VIDEO3.
- Make changes in dispc.c for VIDEO3
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
On OMAP3, in order to enable alpha blending for LCD and TV managers, we needed
to set LCDALPHABLENDERENABLE/TVALPHABLENDERENABLE bits in DISPC_CONFIG. On
OMAP4, alpha blending is always enabled by default, if the above bits are set,
we switch to an OMAP3 compatibility mode where the zorder values in the pipeline
attribute registers are ignored and a fixed priority is configured.
Rename the manager_info member "alpha_enabled" to "partial_alpha_enabled" for
more clarity. Introduce two dss_features FEAT_ALPHA_FIXED_ZORDER and
FEAT_ALPHA_FREE_ZORDER which represent OMAP3-alpha compatibility mode and OMAP4
alpha mode respectively. Introduce an overlay cap for ZORDER. The DSS2 user is
expected to check for the ZORDER cap, if an overlay doesn't have this cap, the
user is expected to set the parameter partial_alpha_enabled. If the overlay has
ZORDER cap, the DSS2 user can assume that alpha blending is already enabled.
Don't support OMAP3 compatibility mode for now. Trying to read/write to
alpha_blending_enabled sysfs attribute issues a warning for OMAP4 and does not
set the LCDALPHABLENDERENABLE/TVALPHABLENDERENABLE bits.
Change alpha_enabled to partial_alpha_enabled in the omap_vout driver. Use
overlay cap "OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA" to check if overlay supports alpha
blending or not. Replace this with checks for VIDEO1 pipeline.
Cc: linux-media@vger.kernel.org
Cc: Lajos Molnar <molnar@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Acked-by: Vaibhav Hiremath <hvaibhav@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
As request_percpu_irq() doesn't allow for a percpu interrupt to have
its type configured (it is generally impossible to configure it on all
CPUs at once), add a 'type' argument to enable_percpu_irq().
This allows some low-level, board specific init code to be switched to
a generic API.
[ tglx: Added WARN_ON argument ]
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: Abhijeet Dharmapurikar <adharmap@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The ARM GIC interrupt controller offers per CPU interrupts (PPIs),
which are usually used to connect local timers to each core. Each CPU
has its own private interface to the GIC, and only sees the PPIs that
are directly connect to it.
While these timers are separate devices and have a separate interrupt
line to a core, they all use the same IRQ number.
For these devices, request_irq() is not the right API as it assumes
that an IRQ number is visible by a number of CPUs (through the
affinity setting), but makes it very awkward to express that an IRQ
number can be handled by all CPUs, and yet be a different interrupt
line on each CPU, requiring a different dev_id cookie to be passed
back to the handler.
The *_percpu_irq() functions is designed to overcome these
limitations, by providing a per-cpu dev_id vector:
int request_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, irq_handler_t handler,
const char *devname, void __percpu *percpu_dev_id);
void free_percpu_irq(unsigned int, void __percpu *);
int setup_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, struct irqaction *new);
void remove_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq, struct irqaction *act);
void enable_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq);
void disable_percpu_irq(unsigned int irq);
The API has a number of limitations:
- no interrupt sharing
- no threading
- common handler across all the CPUs
Once the interrupt is requested using setup_percpu_irq() or
request_percpu_irq(), it must be enabled by each core that wishes its
local interrupt to be delivered.
Based on an initial patch by Thomas Gleixner.
Signed-off-by: Marc Zyngier <marc.zyngier@arm.com>
Cc: linux-arm-kernel@lists.infradead.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1316793788-14500-2-git-send-email-marc.zyngier@arm.com
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
As proposed by Chris, Dave and Jan, don't start foreground writeback IO
inside balance_dirty_pages(). Instead, simply let it idle sleep for some
time to throttle the dirtying task. In the mean while, kick off the
per-bdi flusher thread to do background writeback IO.
RATIONALS
=========
- disk seeks on concurrent writeback of multiple inodes (Dave Chinner)
If every thread doing writes and being throttled start foreground
writeback, it leads to N IO submitters from at least N different
inodes at the same time, end up with N different sets of IO being
issued with potentially zero locality to each other, resulting in
much lower elevator sort/merge efficiency and hence we seek the disk
all over the place to service the different sets of IO.
OTOH, if there is only one submission thread, it doesn't jump between
inodes in the same way when congestion clears - it keeps writing to
the same inode, resulting in large related chunks of sequential IOs
being issued to the disk. This is more efficient than the above
foreground writeback because the elevator works better and the disk
seeks less.
- lock contention and cache bouncing on concurrent IO submitters (Dave Chinner)
With this patchset, the fs_mark benchmark on a 12-drive software RAID0 goes
from CPU bound to IO bound, freeing "3-4 CPUs worth of spinlock contention".
* "CPU usage has dropped by ~55%", "it certainly appears that most of
the CPU time saving comes from the removal of contention on the
inode_wb_list_lock" (IMHO at least 10% comes from the reduction of
cacheline bouncing, because the new code is able to call much less
frequently into balance_dirty_pages() and hence access the global
page states)
* the user space "App overhead" is reduced by 20%, by avoiding the
cacheline pollution by the complex writeback code path
* "for a ~5% throughput reduction", "the number of write IOs have
dropped by ~25%", and the elapsed time reduced from 41:42.17 to
40:53.23.
* On a simple test of 100 dd, it reduces the CPU %system time from 30% to 3%,
and improves IO throughput from 38MB/s to 42MB/s.
- IO size too small for fast arrays and too large for slow USB sticks
The write_chunk used by current balance_dirty_pages() cannot be
directly set to some large value (eg. 128MB) for better IO efficiency.
Because it could lead to more than 1 second user perceivable stalls.
Even the current 4MB write size may be too large for slow USB sticks.
The fact that balance_dirty_pages() starts IO on itself couples the
IO size to wait time, which makes it hard to do suitable IO size while
keeping the wait time under control.
Now it's possible to increase writeback chunk size proportional to the
disk bandwidth. In a simple test of 50 dd's on XFS, 1-HDD, 3GB ram,
the larger writeback size dramatically reduces the seek count to 1/10
(far beyond my expectation) and improves the write throughput by 24%.
- long block time in balance_dirty_pages() hurts desktop responsiveness
Many of us may have the experience: it often takes a couple of seconds
or even long time to stop a heavy writing dd/cp/tar command with
Ctrl-C or "kill -9".
- IO pipeline broken by bumpy write() progress
There are a broad class of "loop {read(buf); write(buf);}" applications
whose read() pipeline will be under-utilized or even come to a stop if
the write()s have long latencies _or_ don't progress in a constant rate.
The current threshold based throttling inherently transfers the large
low level IO completion fluctuations to bumpy application write()s,
and further deteriorates with increasing number of dirtiers and/or bdi's.
For example, when doing 50 dd's + 1 remote rsync to an XFS partition,
the rsync progresses very bumpy in legacy kernel, and throughput is
improved by 67% by this patchset. (plus the larger write chunk size,
it will be 93% speedup).
The new rate based throttling can support 1000+ dd's with excellent
smoothness, low latency and low overheads.
For the above reasons, it's much better to do IO-less and low latency
pauses in balance_dirty_pages().
Jan Kara, Dave Chinner and me explored the scheme to let
balance_dirty_pages() wait for enough writeback IO completions to
safeguard the dirty limit. However it's found to have two problems:
- in large NUMA systems, the per-cpu counters may have big accounting
errors, leading to big throttle wait time and jitters.
- NFS may kill large amount of unstable pages with one single COMMIT.
Because NFS server serves COMMIT with expensive fsync() IOs, it is
desirable to delay and reduce the number of COMMITs. So it's not
likely to optimize away such kind of bursty IO completions, and the
resulted large (and tiny) stall times in IO completion based throttling.
So here is a pause time oriented approach, which tries to control the
pause time in each balance_dirty_pages() invocations, by controlling
the number of pages dirtied before calling balance_dirty_pages(), for
smooth and efficient dirty throttling:
- avoid useless (eg. zero pause time) balance_dirty_pages() calls
- avoid too small pause time (less than 4ms, which burns CPU power)
- avoid too large pause time (more than 200ms, which hurts responsiveness)
- avoid big fluctuations of pause times
It can control pause times at will. The default policy (in a followup
patch) will be to do ~10ms pauses in 1-dd case, and increase to ~100ms
in 1000-dd case.
BEHAVIOR CHANGE
===============
(1) dirty threshold
Users will notice that the applications will get throttled once crossing
the global (background + dirty)/2=15% threshold, and then balanced around
17.5%. Before patch, the behavior is to just throttle it at 20% dirtyable
memory in 1-dd case.
Since the task will be soft throttled earlier than before, it may be
perceived by end users as performance "slow down" if his application
happens to dirty more than 15% dirtyable memory.
(2) smoothness/responsiveness
Users will notice a more responsive system during heavy writeback.
"killall dd" will take effect instantly.
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Add two fields to task_struct.
1) account dirtied pages in the individual tasks, for accuracy
2) per-task balance_dirty_pages() call intervals, for flexibility
The balance_dirty_pages() call interval (ie. nr_dirtied_pause) will
scale near-sqrt to the safety gap between dirty pages and threshold.
The main problem of per-task nr_dirtied is, if 1k+ tasks start dirtying
pages at exactly the same time, each task will be assigned a large
initial nr_dirtied_pause, so that the dirty threshold will be exceeded
long before each task reached its nr_dirtied_pause and hence call
balance_dirty_pages().
The solution is to watch for the number of pages dirtied on each CPU in
between the calls into balance_dirty_pages(). If it exceeds ratelimit_pages
(3% dirty threshold), force call balance_dirty_pages() for a chance to
set bdi->dirty_exceeded. In normal situations, this safeguarding
condition is not expected to trigger at all.
On the sqrt in dirty_poll_interval():
It will serve as an initial guess when dirty pages are still in the
freerun area.
When dirty pages are floating inside the dirty control scope [freerun,
limit], a followup patch will use some refined dirty poll interval to
get the desired pause time.
thresh-dirty (MB) sqrt
1 16
2 22
4 32
8 45
16 64
32 90
64 128
128 181
256 256
512 362
1024 512
The above table means, given 1MB (or 1GB) gap and the dd tasks polling
balance_dirty_pages() on every 16 (or 512) pages, the dirty limit won't
be exceeded as long as there are less than 16 (or 512) concurrent dd's.
So sqrt naturally leads to less overheads and more safe concurrent tasks
for large memory servers, which have large (thresh-freerun) gaps.
peter: keep the per-CPU ratelimit for safeguarding the 1k+ tasks case
CC: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-by: Andrea Righi <andrea@betterlinux.com>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
There are some imperfections in balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
1) large fluctuations
The dirty_rate used for computing balanced_dirty_ratelimit is merely
averaged in the past 200ms (very small comparing to the 3s estimation
period for write_bw), which makes rather dispersed distribution of
balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
It's pretty hard to average out the singular points by increasing the
estimation period. Considering that the averaging technique will
introduce very undesirable time lags, I give it up totally. (btw, the 3s
write_bw averaging time lag is much more acceptable because its impact
is one-way and therefore won't lead to oscillations.)
The more practical way is filtering -- most singular
balanced_dirty_ratelimit points can be filtered out by remembering some
prev_balanced_rate and prev_prev_balanced_rate. However the more
reliable way is to guard balanced_dirty_ratelimit with task_ratelimit.
2) due to truncates and fs redirties, the (write_bw <=> dirty_rate)
match could become unbalanced, which may lead to large systematical
errors in balanced_dirty_ratelimit. The truncates, due to its possibly
bumpy nature, can hardly be compensated smoothly. So let's face it. When
some over-estimated balanced_dirty_ratelimit brings dirty_ratelimit
high, dirty pages will go higher than the setpoint. task_ratelimit will
in turn become lower than dirty_ratelimit. So if we consider both
balanced_dirty_ratelimit and task_ratelimit and update dirty_ratelimit
only when they are on the same side of dirty_ratelimit, the systematical
errors in balanced_dirty_ratelimit won't be able to bring
dirty_ratelimit far away.
The balanced_dirty_ratelimit estimation may also be inaccurate near
@limit or @freerun, however is less an issue.
3) since we ultimately want to
- keep the fluctuations of task ratelimit as small as possible
- keep the dirty pages around the setpoint as long time as possible
the update policy used for (2) also serves the above goals nicely:
if for some reason the dirty pages are high (task_ratelimit < dirty_ratelimit),
and dirty_ratelimit is low (dirty_ratelimit < balanced_dirty_ratelimit),
there is no point to bring up dirty_ratelimit in a hurry only to hurt
both the above two goals.
So, we make use of task_ratelimit to limit the update of dirty_ratelimit
in two ways:
1) avoid changing dirty rate when it's against the position control target
(the adjusted rate will slow down the progress of dirty pages going
back to setpoint).
2) limit the step size. task_ratelimit is changing values step by step,
leaving a consistent trace comparing to the randomly jumping
balanced_dirty_ratelimit. task_ratelimit also has the nice smaller
errors in stable state and typically larger errors when there are big
errors in rate. So it's a pretty good limiting factor for the step
size of dirty_ratelimit.
Note that bdi->dirty_ratelimit is always tracking balanced_dirty_ratelimit.
task_ratelimit is merely used as a limiting factor.
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
It's all about bdi->dirty_ratelimit, which aims to be (write_bw / N)
when there are N dd tasks.
On write() syscall, use bdi->dirty_ratelimit
============================================
balance_dirty_pages(pages_dirtied)
{
task_ratelimit = bdi->dirty_ratelimit * bdi_position_ratio();
pause = pages_dirtied / task_ratelimit;
sleep(pause);
}
On every 200ms, update bdi->dirty_ratelimit
===========================================
bdi_update_dirty_ratelimit()
{
task_ratelimit = bdi->dirty_ratelimit * bdi_position_ratio();
balanced_dirty_ratelimit = task_ratelimit * write_bw / dirty_rate;
bdi->dirty_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit
}
Estimation of balanced bdi->dirty_ratelimit
===========================================
balanced task_ratelimit
-----------------------
balance_dirty_pages() needs to throttle tasks dirtying pages such that
the total amount of dirty pages stays below the specified dirty limit in
order to avoid memory deadlocks. Furthermore we desire fairness in that
tasks get throttled proportionally to the amount of pages they dirty.
IOW we want to throttle tasks such that we match the dirty rate to the
writeout bandwidth, this yields a stable amount of dirty pages:
dirty_rate == write_bw (1)
The fairness requirement gives us:
task_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit
== write_bw / N (2)
where N is the number of dd tasks. We don't know N beforehand, but
still can estimate balanced_dirty_ratelimit within 200ms.
Start by throttling each dd task at rate
task_ratelimit = task_ratelimit_0 (3)
(any non-zero initial value is OK)
After 200ms, we measured
dirty_rate = # of pages dirtied by all dd's / 200ms
write_bw = # of pages written to the disk / 200ms
For the aggressive dd dirtiers, the equality holds
dirty_rate == N * task_rate
== N * task_ratelimit_0 (4)
Or
task_ratelimit_0 == dirty_rate / N (5)
Now we conclude that the balanced task ratelimit can be estimated by
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit = task_ratelimit_0 * ---------- (6)
dirty_rate
Because with (4) and (5) we can get the desired equality (1):
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit == (dirty_rate / N) * ----------
dirty_rate
== write_bw / N
Then using the balanced task ratelimit we can compute task pause times like:
task_pause = task->nr_dirtied / task_ratelimit
task_ratelimit with position control
------------------------------------
However, while the above gives us means of matching the dirty rate to
the writeout bandwidth, it at best provides us with a stable dirty page
count (assuming a static system). In order to control the dirty page
count such that it is high enough to provide performance, but does not
exceed the specified limit we need another control.
The dirty position control works by extending (2) to
task_ratelimit = balanced_dirty_ratelimit * pos_ratio (7)
where pos_ratio is a negative feedback function that subjects to
1) f(setpoint) = 1.0
2) df/dx < 0
That is, if the dirty pages are ABOVE the setpoint, we throttle each
task a bit more HEAVY than balanced_dirty_ratelimit, so that the dirty
pages are created less fast than they are cleaned, thus DROP to the
setpoints (and the reverse).
Based on (7) and the assumption that both dirty_ratelimit and pos_ratio
remains CONSTANT for the past 200ms, we get
task_ratelimit_0 = balanced_dirty_ratelimit * pos_ratio (8)
Putting (8) into (6), we get the formula used in
bdi_update_dirty_ratelimit():
write_bw
balanced_dirty_ratelimit *= pos_ratio * ---------- (9)
dirty_rate
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Introduce the BDI_DIRTIED counter. It will be used for estimating the
bdi's dirty bandwidth.
CC: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
CC: Michael Rubin <mrubin@google.com>
CC: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Based on a patch from Arnd Bergmann this fixes up the build
problem of assigning a non-existing global when the ux500 PRCMU
timer is not linked in by passing its base address to the init
function. We also add a missing <linux/errno.h> inclusion and
staticize the dummy function.
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Allow the sas-transport-class to update events for local phys via a new
PHY_FUNC_GET_EVENTS command to ->lldd_control_phy(). Fixup drivers that
are not prepared for new enum phy_func values, and unify
->lldd_control_phy() error codes.
These are the SAS defined phy events that are reported in a
smp-report-phy-error-log command:
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/invalid_dword_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/running_disparity_error_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/loss_of_dword_sync_count
* /sys/class/sas_phy/<phyX>/phy_reset_problem_count
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Based on original implementation from Jiangbi Liu and Maciej Trela.
ATAPI transfers happen in two-to-three stages. The two stage atapi
commands are those that include a dma data transfer. The data transfer
portion of these operations is handled by the hardware packet-dma
acceleration. The three-stage commands do not have a data transfer and
are handled without hardware assistance in raw frame mode.
stage1: transmit host-to-device fis to notify the device of an incoming
atapi cdb. Upon reception of the pio-setup-fis repost the task_context
to perform the dma transfer of the cdb+data (go to stage3), or repost
the task_context to transmit the cdb as a raw frame (go to stage 2).
stage2: wait for hardware notification of the cdb transmission and then
go to stage 3.
stage3: wait for the arrival of the terminating device-to-host fis and
terminate the command.
To keep the implementation simple we only support ATAPI packet-dma
protocol (for commands with data) to avoid needing to handle the data
transfer manually (like we do for SATA-PIO). This may affect
compatibility for a small number of devices (see
ATA_HORKAGE_ATAPI_MOD16_DMA).
If the data-transfer underruns, or encounters an error the
device-to-host fis is expected to arrive in the unsolicited frame queue
to pass to libata for disposition. However, in the DONE_UNEXP_FIS (data
underrun) case it appears we need to craft a response. In the
DONE_REG_ERR case we do receive the UF and propagate it to libsas.
Signed-off-by: Maciej Trela <maciej.trela@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
cache aligned xid and ex_lock beside
removing holes.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Re-arrange its fields to avoid padding and have better
cacheline alignments.
Removed not used start_time, end_time and last_pkt_time
fields.
This all reduced this struct size to 448 from 480 and
that also reduced one cacheline on x86_64 beside
eliminating 8 pads. However kept logical fields together.
Signed-off-by: Vasu Dev <vasu.dev@intel.com>
Tested-by: Ross Brattain <ross.b.brattain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Several sas drivers legitimately check the protocol against the union of
SAS_PROTOCOL_SATA and SAS_PROTOCOL_STP. Provide a SAS_PROTOCOL_STP_ALL
to silence warnings like:
drivers/scsi/pm8001/pm8001_sas.c:438:3: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:798:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:1783:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/mvsas/mv_sas.c:1886:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
drivers/scsi/isci/request.c:3565:2: warning: case value ‘5’ not in enumerated type ‘enum sas_protocol’ [-Wswitch]
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
If the user has disabled CONFIG_SCSI_SAS_HOST_SMP then libsas drivers
will not be receiving smp-gpio frames and do not need this lookup code.
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Tested-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Pass queue_depth change requests to libata, and prevent queue_type
changes for ATA devices.
Otherwise:
1/ we do not honor the libata specific restrictions on the queue depth
2/ libsas drivers that do not set sdev->tagged_supported are unable to
change the queue_depth of ata devices via sysfs
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jeff Garzik <jgarzik@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Allow expander table-to-table attachments for
expanders that support it.
Signed-off-by: Luben Tuikov <ltuikov@yahoo.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Four cpufreq-like governors are provided as examples.
powersave: use the lowest frequency possible. The user (device) should
set the polling_ms as 0 because polling is useless for this governor.
performance: use the highest freqeuncy possible. The user (device)
should set the polling_ms as 0 because polling is useless for this
governor.
userspace: use the user specified frequency stored at
devfreq.user_set_freq. With sysfs support in the following patch, a user
may set the value with the sysfs interface.
simple_ondemand: simplified version of cpufreq's ondemand governor.
When a user updates OPP entries (enable/disable/add), OPP framework
automatically notifies devfreq to update operating frequency
accordingly. Thus, devfreq users (device drivers) do not need to update
devfreq manually with OPP entry updates or set polling_ms for powersave
, performance, userspace, or any other "static" governors.
Note that these are given only as basic examples for governors and any
devices with devfreq may implement their own governors with the drivers
and use them.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
With OPPs, a device may have multiple operable frequency and voltage
sets. However, there can be multiple possible operable sets and a system
will need to choose one from them. In order to reduce the power
consumption (by reducing frequency and voltage) without affecting the
performance too much, a Dynamic Voltage and Frequency Scaling (DVFS)
scheme may be used.
This patch introduces the DVFS capability to non-CPU devices with OPPs.
DVFS is a techique whereby the frequency and supplied voltage of a
device is adjusted on-the-fly. DVFS usually sets the frequency as low
as possible with given conditions (such as QoS assurance) and adjusts
voltage according to the chosen frequency in order to reduce power
consumption and heat dissipation.
The generic DVFS for devices, devfreq, may appear quite similar with
/drivers/cpufreq. However, cpufreq does not allow to have multiple
devices registered and is not suitable to have multiple heterogenous
devices with different (but simple) governors.
Normally, DVFS mechanism controls frequency based on the demand for
the device, and then, chooses voltage based on the chosen frequency.
devfreq also controls the frequency based on the governor's frequency
recommendation and let OPP pick up the pair of frequency and voltage
based on the recommended frequency. Then, the chosen OPP is passed to
device driver's "target" callback.
When PM QoS is going to be used with the devfreq device, the device
driver should enable OPPs that are appropriate with the current PM QoS
requests. In order to do so, the device driver may call opp_enable and
opp_disable at the notifier callback of PM QoS so that PM QoS's
update_target() call enables the appropriate OPPs. Note that at least
one of OPPs should be enabled at any time; be careful when there is a
transition.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Acked-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* 'irq-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
irq: Fix check for already initialized irq_domain in irq_domain_add
irq: Add declaration of irq_domain_simple_ops to irqdomain.h
* 'x86-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
x86/rtc: Don't recursively acquire rtc_lock
* 'sched-urgent-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
posix-cpu-timers: Cure SMP wobbles
sched: Fix up wchan borkage
sched/rt: Migrate equal priority tasks to available CPUs
The patch enables to register notifier_block for an OPP-device in order
to get notified for any changes in the availability of OPPs of the
device. For example, if a new OPP is inserted or enable/disable status
of an OPP is changed, the notifier is executed.
This enables the usage of opp_add, opp_enable, and opp_disable to
directly take effect with any connected entities such as cpufreq or
devfreq.
Signed-off-by: MyungJoo Ham <myungjoo.ham@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Turquette <mturquette@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
With the addition of uAPSD and driver buffering
the powersave handling has gotten quite complex.
Add a section to the documentation to explain it
for anyone wanting to implement it.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi has a separate EOSP notification from
the device, and to make use of that properly
it needs to be passed to mac80211. To be able
to mix with tx_status_irqsafe and rx_irqsafe
it also needs to be an "_irqsafe" version in
the sense that it goes through the tasklet,
the actual flag clearing would be IRQ-safe
but doing it directly would cause reordering
issues.
This is needed in the case of a P2P GO going
into an absence period without transmitting
any frames that should be driver-released as
in this case there's no other way to inform
mac80211 that the service period ended. Note
that for drivers that don't use the _irqsafe
functions another version of this function
will be required.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
iwlwifi needs to know the number of frames that are
going to be sent to a station while it is asleep so
it can properly handle the uCode blocking of that
station.
Before uAPSD, we got by by telling the device that
a single frame was going to be released whenever we
encountered IEEE80211_TX_CTL_POLL_RESPONSE. With
uAPSD, however, that is no longer possible since
there could be more than a single frame.
To support this model, add a new callback to notify
drivers when frames are going to be released.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If a PS-poll frame is retried (but was received)
there is no way to detect that since it has no
sequence number. As a consequence, the standard
asks us to not react to PS-poll frames until the
response to one made it out (was ACKed or lost).
Implement this by using the WLAN_STA_SP flags to
also indicate a PS-Poll "service period" and the
IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag for the response
packet to indicate the end of the "SP" as usual.
We could use separate flags, but that will most
likely completely confuse drivers, and while the
standard doesn't exclude simultaneously polling
using uAPSD and PS-Poll, doing that seems quite
problematic.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uAPSD support to mac80211. This is probably not
possible with all devices, so advertising it with
the cfg80211 flag will be left up to drivers that
want it.
Due to my previous patches it is now a fairly
straight-forward extension. Drivers need to have
accurate TX status reporting for the EOSP frame.
For drivers that buffer themselves, the provided
APIs allow releasing the right number of frames,
but then drivers need to set EOSP and more-data
themselves. This is documented in more detail in
the new code itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
If there are frames for a station buffered in
the driver, mac80211 announces those in the TIM
IE but there's no way to release them. Add new
API to release such frames and use it when the
station polls for a frame.
Since the API will soon also be used for uAPSD
it is easily extensible.
Note that before this change drivers announcing
driver-buffered frames in the TIM bit actually
will respond to a PS-Poll with a potentially
lower priority frame (if there are any frames
buffered in mac80211), after this patch a driver
that hasn't been changed will no longer respond
at all. This only affects ath9k, which will need
to be fixed to implement the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD support we'll need to have per-AC PS
buffers. As this is a major undertaking, split
the buffers before really adding support for
uAPSD. This already makes some reference to the
uapsd_queues variable, but for now that will
never be non-zero.
Since book-keeping is complicated, also change
the logic for keeping a maximum of frames only
and allow 64 frames per AC (up from 128 for a
station).
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For uAPSD implementation, it is necessary to know on
which ACs frames are buffered. mac80211 obviously
knows about the frames it has buffered itself, but
with aggregation many drivers buffer frames. Thus,
mac80211 needs to be informed about this.
For now, since we don't have APSD in any form, this
will unconditionally set the TIM bit for the station
but later with uAPSD only some ACs might cause the
TIM bit to be set.
ath9k is the only driver using this API and I only
modify it in the most basic way, it won't be able
to implement uAPSD with this yet. But it can't do
that anyway since there's no way to selectively
release frames to the peer yet.
Since drivers will buffer frames per TID, let them
inform mac80211 on a per TID basis, mac80211 will
then sort out the AC mapping itself.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When adding a TDLS peer STA, mark it with a new flag in both nl80211 and
mac80211. Before adding a peer, make sure the wiphy supports TDLS and
our operating mode is appropriate (managed).
In addition, make sure all peers are removed on disassociation.
A TDLS peer is first added just before link setup is initiated. In later
setup stages we have more info about peer supported rates, capabilities,
etc. This info is reported via nl80211_set_station().
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Register and implement the TDLS cfg80211 callback functions.
Internally prepare and send TDLS management frames. We incorporate
local STA capabilities and supported rates with extra IEs given by
usermode. The resulting packet is either encapsulated in a data frame,
or assembled as an action frame. It is transmitted either directly or
through the AP, as mandated by the TDLS specification.
Declare support for the TDLS external setup wiphy capability. This
tells usermode to handle link setup and discovery on its own, and use the
kernel driver for sending TDLS mgmt packets.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Relocate the mesh implementation of adding the (extended) supported
rates IE to util.c, anticipating its use by other parts of mac80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add support for sending high-level TDLS commands and TDLS frames via
NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER and NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT, respectively. Add
appropriate cfg80211 callbacks for lower level drivers.
Add wiphy capability flags for TDLS support and advertise them via
nl80211.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Cc: Kalyan C Gaddam <chakkal@iit.edu>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Currently, when hostapd sets the station as authorized
we also overwrite its uAPSD parameter. This obviously
leads to buggy behaviour (later, with my patches that
actually add uAPSD support). To fix this, only apply
those parameters if they were actually set in nl80211,
and to achieve that add a bitmap of things to apply.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Make report_iommu_fault() return -ENOSYS whenever an iommu fault
handler isn't installed, so IOMMU drivers can then do their own
platform-specific default behavior if they wanted.
Fault handlers can still return -ENOSYS in case they want to elicit the
default behavior of the IOMMU drivers.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
overlay_info struct, used to configure overlays, currently includes both
physical and virtual addresses for the pixels. The vaddr was added to
support more exotic configurations where CPU would be used to update a
display, but it is not currently used and there has been no interest in
the feature. Using CPU to update a screen is also less interesting now
that OMAP4 has two LCD outputs.
This patch removes the vaddr field, and modifies the users of omapdss
accordingly. This makes the use of omapdss a bit simpler, as the user
doesn't need to think if it needs to give the vaddr.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
This is a driver for N800's display, ported from the old omapfb. This is
a slightly lighter version of the driver as not all features of the old
driver can be ported without big changes to DSS2, and also because some
of the HW features used in the old driver are unclear (e.g. the power
management part).
That said, the new driver works fine for basic use.
Architecturally the driver is not as neat as it could be. N800's display
HW consists of a display buffer chip and a panel, and ideally they would
be represented by separate, independent drivers. This is not currently
possible, and this driver contains both buffer chip and panel driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Taal panel driver supports two kinds of backlight control: 1) using DSI
commands sent to the panel to control the backlight, 2) calling function
pointers going to the board file to control the backlight.
The second option is a bit hacky, and will no longer be needed when the
PWM driver supports the backlight features. After that we can use the
standard PWM backlight driver.
This patch removes the second backlight control mechanism, and adds a
boolean field, use_dsi_backlight, to nokia_dsi_panel_data which the
board file can use to inform whether the panel driver should use DSI
commands to control the backlight.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
We have currently panel-generic-dpi driver, which is a combined driver
for dummy panels and also for DVI output.
The aim is to split the panel-generic-dpi into two, one for fixed size
dummy panels connected via DPI, and the other (this) for variable
resolution output which supports DDC channel (in practice a DVI framer
chip connected to DPI output).
Original i2c code by: Ricardo Salveti de Araujo
<ricardo.salveti@canonical.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
regn divider is currently programmed to the registers without change,
but when calculating clock frequencies it is used as regn+1.
To make this similar to how DSI handles the dividers this patch changes
the regn value to be used as such for calculations, but the value
programmed to registers is regn-1.
This simplifies the clock frequency calculations, makes it similar to
DSI, and also allows us to use regn value 0 as undefined.
Cc: Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add initial support for DSI video mode panels:
- Add a new structure omap_dss_dsi_videomode_data in the member "panel" in
omap_dss_device struct. This allows panel driver to configure dsi video_mode
specific parameters.
- Configure basic DSI video mode timing parameters: HBP, HFP, HSA, VBP, VFP, VSA,
TL and VACT.
- Configure DSI protocol engine registers for video_mode support.
- Introduce functions dsi_video_mode_enable() and dsi_video_mode_disable() which
enable/disable video mode for a given virtual channel and a given pixel format
type.
Things left for later
- Add functions to check for errors in video mode timings provided by panel.
- Configure timing registers required for command mode interleaving.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Currently, DSI pixel info is only represented by the pixel size in bits using
the pixel_size parameter in omap_dss_device struct's ctrl member.
This is not sufficient information for DSI video mode usage, as two of the
supported formats(RGB666 loosely packed, and RGB888) have the same pixel
container size, but different data_type values for the video mode packet header.
Create enum "omap_dss_dsi_pixel_format" which describes the pixel data format
the panel is configured for. Create helper function dsi_get_pixel_size() which
returns the pixel size of the given pixel format.
Modify functions omapdss_default_get_recommended_bpp() and dss_use_replication()
to use dsi_get_pixel_size().
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Introduce read functions which use generic Processor-to-Peripheral
transaction types. These are needed by some devices which may not support
corresponding DCS commands.
Add function dsi_vc_generic_send_read_request() which can send
a short packet with 0, 1 or 2 bytes of request data and the corresponding
generic data type.
Rename function dsi_vc_dcs_read_rx_fifo() to dsi_vc_read_rx_fifo() and modify
it to take the enum "dss_dsi_content_type" as an argument to use either DCS
or GENERIC Peripheral-to-Processor transaction types while parsing data read
from the device.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Remove functions dsi_vc_dcs_read_1() and dsi_vc_dcs_read_2(), these are used
when the panel is expected to return 1 and 2 bytes respecitvely. This was manily
used for debugging purposes. These functions should be implemented in the panel
driver if needed.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Intoduce enum "dss_dsi_content_type" to differentiate between DCS and generic
content types.
Introduce short and long packet write functions which use generic
Processor-to-Peripheral transaction types. These are needed by some devices
which may not support corresponding DCS commands. Create common write functions
which allow code reuse between DCS and generic write functions.
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Create an enum for DSI operation modes, use this to set the capabilities of the
device in dsi_init_display().
Signed-off-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Add OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_GLOBAL_ALPHA and OMAP_DSS_OVL_CAP_PRE_MULT_ALPHA to
overlay capabilities. Use these instead of FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA,
FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA_VID1 and FEAT_PRE_MULT_ALPHA in code.
Remove FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA_VID1 and FEAT_PRE_MULT_ALPHA which are no
longer used. FEAT_GLOBAL_ALPHA is still used to decide if the HW has
global alpha register.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Remove support for non-DISPC overlays and overlay managers.
The support to possibly have non-DISPC overlays and managers was made to
make it possible to use CPU and/or sDMA to update RFBI or DSI command
mode displays. It is ok to remove the support, because:
- No one has used the feature.
- Display update without DISPC is very slow, so it is debatable if the
update would even be usable.
- Removal cleans up code.
- If such a feature is needed later, it is better implemented outside
omapdss driver.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Acked-by: Archit Taneja <archit@ti.com>
Currently when changing the manager of an overlay, set_manager() directly
calls dispc to set the overlay's destination.
Change this to be more in line with other overlay configurations, and
this will also remove the need to have dispc clocks enabled when calling
set_manager().
A new field is added to overlay struct, "manager_changed". This is
similar to "display_changed" field in manager struct, and is used to
inform apply that the manager has changed and thus write to the
registers is needed.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
dsi_mux_pads() needs to know about the DSI HW module and the DSI lanes
used. Split the function into two, enable and disable, which take
necessary arguments, and add empty implementations for both.
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
Ensure we've got a function so users can enable/disable the
cache bypass option.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
David reported:
Attached below is a watered-down version of rt/tst-cpuclock2.c from
GLIBC. Just build it with "gcc -o test test.c -lpthread -lrt" or
similar.
Run it several times, and you will see cases where the main thread
will measure a process clock difference before and after the nanosleep
which is smaller than the cpu-burner thread's individual thread clock
difference. This doesn't make any sense since the cpu-burner thread
is part of the top-level process's thread group.
I've reproduced this on both x86-64 and sparc64 (using both 32-bit and
64-bit binaries).
For example:
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$ ./test
process: before(0.001221967) after(0.498624371) diff(497402404)
thread: before(0.000081692) after(0.498316431) diff(498234739)
self: before(0.001223521) after(0.001240219) diff(16698)
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$
The diff of 'process' should always be >= the diff of 'thread'.
I make sure to wrap the 'thread' clock measurements the most tightly
around the nanosleep() call, and that the 'process' clock measurements
are the outer-most ones.
---
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <pthread.h>
static pthread_barrier_t barrier;
static void *chew_cpu(void *arg)
{
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
while (1)
__asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory");
return NULL;
}
int main(void)
{
clockid_t process_clock, my_thread_clock, th_clock;
struct timespec process_before, process_after;
struct timespec me_before, me_after;
struct timespec th_before, th_after;
struct timespec sleeptime;
unsigned long diff;
pthread_t th;
int err;
err = clock_getcpuclockid(0, &process_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_self(), &my_thread_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_init(&barrier, NULL, 2);
err = pthread_create(&th, NULL, chew_cpu, NULL);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(th, &th_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_before);
if (err)
return 1;
sleeptime.tv_sec = 0;
sleeptime.tv_nsec = 500000000;
nanosleep(&sleeptime, NULL);
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_after);
if (err)
return 1;
diff = process_after.tv_nsec - process_before.tv_nsec;
printf("process: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
process_before.tv_sec, process_before.tv_nsec,
process_after.tv_sec, process_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = th_after.tv_nsec - th_before.tv_nsec;
printf("thread: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
th_before.tv_sec, th_before.tv_nsec,
th_after.tv_sec, th_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = me_after.tv_nsec - me_before.tv_nsec;
printf("self: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
me_before.tv_sec, me_before.tv_nsec,
me_after.tv_sec, me_after.tv_nsec, diff);
return 0;
}
This is due to us using p->se.sum_exec_runtime in
thread_group_cputime() where we iterate the thread group and sum all
data. This does not take time since the last schedule operation (tick
or otherwise) into account. We can cure this by using
task_sched_runtime() at the cost of having to take locks.
This also means we can (and must) do away with
thread_group_sched_runtime() since the modified thread_group_cputime()
is now more accurate and would deadlock when called from
thread_group_sched_runtime().
Aside of that it makes the function safe on 32 bit systems. The old
code added t->se.sum_exec_runtime unprotected. sum_exec_runtime is a
64bit value and could be changed on another cpu at the same time.
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1314874459.7945.22.camel@twins
Tested-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Add a macro of_match_ptr() that allows the .of_match_table
entry in the driver structures to be assigned without having
an #ifdef xxx NULL for the case that OF is not enabled
Signed-off-by: Ben Dooks <ben-linux@fluff.org>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Add to the dev_state and alloc_async structures the user namespace
corresponding to the uid and euid. Pass these to kill_pid_info_as_uid(),
which can then implement a proper, user-namespace-aware uid check.
Changelog:
Sep 20: Per Oleg's suggestion: Instead of caching and passing user namespace,
uid, and euid each separately, pass a struct cred.
Sep 26: Address Alan Stern's comments: don't define a struct cred at
usbdev_open(), and take and put a cred at async_completed() to
ensure it lasts for the duration of kill_pid_info_as_cred().
Signed-off-by: Serge Hallyn <serge.hallyn@canonical.com>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Replace calls to the Xen-specific xen_alloc_vm_area() and
xen_free_vm_area() functions with the generic equivalent
(alloc_vm_area() and free_vm_area()).
On x86, these were identical already.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Allow the xen balloon driver to populate its list of extra pages from
more than one region of memory. This will allow platforms to provide
(for example) a region of low memory and a region of high memory.
The maximum possible number of extra regions is 128 (== E820MAX) which
is quite large so xen_extra_mem is placed in __initdata. This is safe
as both xen_memory_setup() and balloon_init() are in __init.
The balloon regions themselves are not altered (i.e., there is still
only the one region).
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
In xen_memory_setup() pages that occur in gaps in the memory map are
released back to Xen. This reduces the domain's current page count in
the hypervisor. The Xen balloon driver does not correctly decrease
its initial current_pages count to reflect this. If 'delta' pages are
released and the target is adjusted the resulting reservation is
always 'delta' less than the requested target.
This affects dom0 if the initial allocation of pages overlaps the PCI
memory region but won't affect most domU guests that have been setup
with pseudo-physical memory maps that don't have gaps.
Fix this by accouting for the released pages when starting the balloon
driver.
If the domain's targets are managed by xapi, the domain may eventually
run out of memory and die because xapi currently gets its target
calculations wrong and whenever it is restarted it always reduces the
target by 'delta'.
Signed-off-by: David Vrabel <david.vrabel@citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
If we want to use granted pages for AIO, changing the mappings of a user
vma and the corresponding p2m is not enough, we also need to update the
kernel mappings accordingly.
Currently this is only needed for pages that are created for user usages
through /dev/xen/gntdev. As in, pages that have been in use by the
kernel and use the P2M will not need this special mapping.
However there are no guarantees that in the future the kernel won't
start accessing pages through the 1:1 even for internal usage.
In order to avoid the complexity of dealing with highmem, we allocated
the pages lowmem.
We issue a HYPERVISOR_grant_table_op right away in
m2p_add_override and we remove the mappings using another
HYPERVISOR_grant_table_op in m2p_remove_override.
Considering that m2p_add_override and m2p_remove_override are called
once per page we use multicalls and hypercall batching.
Use the kmap_op pointer directly as argument to do the mapping as it is
guaranteed to be present up until the unmapping is done.
Before issuing any unmapping multicalls, we need to make sure that the
mapping has already being done, because we need the kmap->handle to be
set correctly.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
[v1: Removed GRANT_FRAME_BIT usage]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Add an highmem parameter to alloc_xenballooned_pages, to allow callers to
request lowmem or highmem pages.
Fix the code style of free_xenballooned_pages' prototype.
Signed-off-by: Stefano Stabellini <stefano.stabellini@eu.citrix.com>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Commit 7765be (Fix RCU_BOOST race handling current->rcu_read_unlock_special)
introduced a new ->rcu_boosted field in the task structure. This is
redundant because the existing ->rcu_boost_mutex will be non-NULL at
any time that ->rcu_boosted is nonzero. Therefore, this commit removes
->rcu_boosted and tests ->rcu_boost_mutex instead.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
We only need to constrain the compiler if we are actually exiting
the top-level RCU read-side critical section. This commit therefore
moves the first barrier() cal in __rcu_read_unlock() to inside the
"if" statement, thus avoiding needless register flushes for inner
rcu_read_unlock() calls.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The differences between rcu_assign_pointer() and RCU_INIT_POINTER() are
subtle, and it is easy to use the the cheaper RCU_INIT_POINTER() when
the more-expensive rcu_assign_pointer() should have been used instead.
The consequences of this mistake are quite severe.
This commit therefore carefully lays out the situations in which it it
permissible to use RCU_INIT_POINTER().
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Recent changes to gcc give warning messages on rcu_assign_pointers()'s
checks that allow it to determine when it is OK to omit the memory
barrier. Stephen Hemminger tried a number of gcc tricks to silence
this warning, but #pragmas and CPP macros do not work together in the
way that would be required to make this work.
However, we now have RCU_INIT_POINTER(), which already omits this
memory barrier, and which therefore may be used when assigning NULL to
an RCU-protected pointer that is accessible to readers. This commit
therefore makes rcu_assign_pointer() unconditionally emit the memory
barrier.
Reported-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
RCU no longer uses this global variable, nor does anyone else. This
commit therefore removes this variable. This reduces memory footprint
and also removes some atomic instructions and memory barriers from
the dyntick-idle path.
Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The rcu_dereference_bh_protected() and rcu_dereference_sched_protected()
macros are synonyms for rcu_dereference_protected() and are not used
anywhere in mainline. This commit therefore removes them.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add trace events to record grace-period start and end, quiescent states,
CPUs noticing grace-period start and end, grace-period initialization,
call_rcu() invocation, tasks blocking in RCU read-side critical sections,
tasks exiting those same critical sections, force_quiescent_state()
detection of dyntick-idle and offline CPUs, CPUs entering and leaving
dyntick-idle mode (except from NMIs), CPUs coming online and going
offline, and CPUs being kicked for staying in dyntick-idle mode for too
long (as in many weeks, even on 32-bit systems).
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
rcu: Add the rcu flavor to callback trace events
The earlier trace events for registering RCU callbacks and for invoking
them did not include the RCU flavor (rcu_bh, rcu_preempt, or rcu_sched).
This commit adds the RCU flavor to those trace events.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This patch #ifdefs TINY_RCU kthreads out of the kernel unless RCU_BOOST=y,
thus eliminating context-switch overhead if RCU priority boosting has
not been configured.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add event-trace markers to TREE_RCU kthreads to allow including these
kthread's CPU time in the utilization calculations.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Add a string to the rcu_batch_start() and rcu_batch_end() trace
messages that indicates the RCU type ("rcu_sched", "rcu_bh", or
"rcu_preempt"). The trace messages for the actual invocations
themselves are not marked, as it should be clear from the
rcu_batch_start() and rcu_batch_end() events before and after.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This commit adds the trace_rcu_utilization() marker that is to be
used to allow postprocessing scripts compute RCU's CPU utilization,
give or take event-trace overhead. Note that we do not include RCU's
dyntick-idle interface because event tracing requires RCU protection,
which is not available in dyntick-idle mode.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
There was recently some controversy about the overhead of invoking RCU
callbacks. Add TRACE_EVENT()s to obtain fine-grained timings for the
start and stop of a batch of callbacks and also for each callback invoked.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paul.mckenney@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Pull the code that waits for an RCU grace period into a single function,
which is then called by synchronize_rcu() and friends in the case of
TREE_RCU and TREE_PREEMPT_RCU, and from rcu_barrier() and friends in
the case of TINY_RCU and TINY_PREEMPT_RCU.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Take a first step towards untangling Linux kernel header files by
placing the struct rcu_head definition into include/linux/types.h
and including include/linux/types.h in include/linux/rcupdate.h
where struct rcu_head used to be defined. The actual inclusion point
for include/linux/types.h is with the rest of the #include directives
rather than at the point where struct rcu_head used to be defined,
as suggested by Mathieu Desnoyers.
Once this is in place, then header files that need only rcu_head
can include types.h rather than rcupdate.h.
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Cc: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
Acked-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Long ago, using TREE_RCU with PREEMPT would result in "scheduling
while atomic" diagnostics if you blocked in an RCU read-side critical
section. However, PREEMPT now implies TREE_PREEMPT_RCU, which defeats
this diagnostic. This commit therefore adds a replacement diagnostic
based on PROVE_RCU.
Because rcu_lockdep_assert() and lockdep_rcu_dereference() are now being
used for things that have nothing to do with rcu_dereference(), rename
lockdep_rcu_dereference() to lockdep_rcu_suspicious() and add a third
argument that is a string indicating what is suspicious. This third
argument is passed in from a new third argument to rcu_lockdep_assert().
Update all calls to rcu_lockdep_assert() to add an informative third
argument.
Also, add a pair of rcu_lockdep_assert() calls from within
rcu_note_context_switch(), one complaining if a context switch occurs
in an RCU-bh read-side critical section and another complaining if a
context switch occurs in an RCU-sched read-side critical section.
These are present only if the PROVE_RCU kernel parameter is enabled.
Finally, fix some checkpatch whitespace complaints in lockdep.c.
Again, you must enable PROVE_RCU to see these new diagnostics. But you
are enabling PROVE_RCU to check out new RCU uses in any case, aren't you?
Signed-off-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
The IEEE 1588 standard defines two kinds of messages, event and general
messages. Event messages require time stamping, and general do not. When
using UDP transport, two separate ports are used for the two message
types.
The BPF designed to recognize event messages incorrectly classifies L2
general messages as event messages. This commit fixes the issue by
extending the filter to check the message type field for L2 PTP packets.
Event messages are be distinguished from general messages by testing
the "general" bit.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add an event to monitor comm value changes of tasks. Such an event
becomes vital, if someone desires to control threads of a process in
different manner.
A natural characteristic of threads is its comm value, and helpfully
application developers have an opportunity to change it in runtime.
Reporting about such events via proc connector allows to fine-grain
monitoring and control potentials, for instance a process control daemon
listening to proc connector and following comm value policies can place
specific threads to assigned cgroup partitions.
It might be possible to achieve a pale partial one-shot likeness without
this update, if an application changes comm value of a thread generator
task beforehand, then a new thread is cloned, and after that proc
connector listener gets the fork event and reads new thread's comm value
from procfs stat file, but this change visibly simplifies and extends the
matter.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Zapolskiy <vzapolskiy@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Evgeniy Polyakov <zbr@ioremap.net>
Cc: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since commit 7361c36c52 (af_unix: Allow credentials to work across
user and pid namespaces) af_unix performance dropped a lot.
This is because we now take a reference on pid and cred in each write(),
and release them in read(), usually done from another process,
eventually from another cpu. This triggers false sharing.
# Events: 154K cycles
#
# Overhead Command Shared Object Symbol
# ........ ....... .................. .........................
#
10.40% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] put_pid
8.60% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_recvmsg
7.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_stream_sendmsg
6.11% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] do_raw_spin_lock
4.95% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_scm_to_skb
4.87% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] pid_nr_ns
4.34% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] cred_to_ucred
2.39% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] unix_destruct_scm
2.24% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sub_preempt_count
1.75% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] fget_light
1.51% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k]
__mutex_lock_interruptible_slowpath
1.42% hackbench [kernel.kallsyms] [k] sock_alloc_send_pskb
This patch includes SCM_CREDENTIALS information in a af_unix message/skb
only if requested by the sender, [man 7 unix for details how to include
ancillary data using sendmsg() system call]
Note: This might break buggy applications that expected SCM_CREDENTIAL
from an unaware write() system call, and receiver not using SO_PASSCRED
socket option.
If SOCK_PASSCRED is set on source or destination socket, we still
include credentials for mere write() syscalls.
Performance boost in hackbench : more than 50% gain on a 16 thread
machine (2 quad-core cpus, 2 threads per core)
hackbench 20 thread 2000
4.228 sec instead of 9.102 sec
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds the TSC-40 serial touchscreen driver and should be
compatible with TSC-10 and TSC-25.
The driver was written by Linutronix on behalf of Bachmann electronic GmbH.
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Export the default mmap function, snd_pcm_lib_default_mmap().
The upcoming non-snooping support in HD-audio driver will use this
to override the mmap method.
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
For almost all machines the DAI format is a constant, always set to the
same thing. This means that not only should we normally set it on init
rather than in hw_params() (where it has been for historical reasons) we
should also allow users to configure this by setting a variable in the
dai_link structure. The combination of these two will make many machine
drivers even more data driven.
Implement a new dai_fmt field in the dai_link doing just that. Since 0 is
a valid value for many format flags and we need to be able to tell if the
field is actually set also add one to all the values used to configure
formats.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Use sk_buff fragment capabilities to link together incoming skbs
instead of allocating a new skb for reassembly and copying.
The new reassembly code works equally well for ERTM and streaming
mode, so there is now one reassembly function instead of two.
Signed-off-by: Mat Martineau <mathewm@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This patch introduces 3 trace points to prepare for tracing
rpm_idle/rpm_suspend/rpm_resume functions, so we can use these
trace points to replace the current dev_dbg().
Signed-off-by: Ming Lei <ming.lei@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Correct comment errors, that mistake cpu partial objects number as pages
number, may make reader misunderstand.
Signed-off-by: Alex Shi <alex.shi@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
tx params are currently configured per hw, although they
should be configured per interface.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Whenever the scan request or tx_mgmt is requesting not to
use CCK rate for managemet frames through
NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE attribute, then mac80211 should
select appropriate least non-CCK rate. This could help to
send P2P probes and P2P action frames at non 11b rates
without diabling 11b rates globally.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add a new nl80211 attribute to specify whether to send the management
frames in CCK rate or not. As of now the wpa_supplicant is disabling
CCK rate at P2P init itself. So this patch helps to send P2P probe
request/probe response/action frames being sent at non CCK rate in 2GHz
without disabling 11b rates.
This attribute is used with NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands to disable CCK rate for management frame
transmission.
Cc: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajkumar Manoharan <rmanohar@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Protect 'cb' and 'cb_context' arguments in nci_data_exchange.
In fact, this implements a queue with max length of 1 data
exchange transactions in parallel.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Acked-by: Lauro Ramos Venancio <lauro.venancio@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
TSF can be kept per vif.
Add ieee80211_vif param to set/get/reset_tsf, and move
the debugfs entries to the per-vif directory.
Update all the drivers that implement these callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Rename struct tcp_skb_cb "flags" to "tcp_flags" to ease code review and
maintenance.
Its content is a combination of FIN/SYN/RST/PSH/ACK/URG/ECE/CWR flags
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are numerous broken references to Documentation files (in other
Documentation files, in comments, etc.). These broken references are
caused by typo's in the references, and by renames or removals of the
Documentation files. Some broken references are simply odd.
Fix these broken references, sometimes by dropping the irrelevant text
they were part of.
Signed-off-by: Paul Bolle <pebolle@tiscali.nl>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
That flag no longer makes sense, since we don't look up automount points
as eagerly any more. Additionally, it turns out that the NO_AUTOMOUNT
handling was buggy to begin with: it would avoid automounting even for
cases where we really *needed* to do the automount handling, and could
return ENOENT for autofs entries that hadn't been instantiated yet.
With our new non-eager automount semantics, one discussion has been
about adding a AT_AUTOMOUNT flag to vfs_fstatat (and thus the
newfstatat() and fstatat64() system calls), but it's probably not worth
it: you can always force at least directory automounting by simply
adding the final '/' to the filename, which works for *all* of the stat
family system calls, old and new.
So AT_NO_AUTOMOUNT (and thus LOOKUP_NO_AUTOMOUNT) really were just a
result of our bad default behavior.
Acked-by: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Acked-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
As discussed previously, there's the need on some platforms to run some
parts of clk_enable() in contexts which can schedule. The solution
which was agreed upon was to provide clk_prepare() and clk_unprepare()
to contain this parts, while clk_enable() and clk_disable() perform
the atomic part.
This patch provides a common definition for clk_prepare() and
clk_unprepare() in linux/clk.h, and provides an upgrade path for
existing implementation and drivers: drivers can start using
clk_prepare() and clk_unprepare() once this patch is merged without
having to wait for platform support. Platforms can then start to
provide these additional functions.
Eventually, HAVE_CLK_PREPARE will be removed from the kernel, and
everyone will have to provide these new APIs.
Acked-by: Saravana Kannan <skannan@codeaurora.org>
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
struct tcp_skb_cb contains a "flags" field containing either tcp flags
or IP dsfield depending on context (input or output path)
Introduce ip_dsfield to make the difference clear and ease maintenance.
If later we want to save space, we can union flags/ip_dsfield
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
While playing with a new ADSL box at home, I discovered that ECN
blackhole can trigger suboptimal quickack mode on linux : We send one
ACK for each incoming data frame, without any delay and eventual
piggyback.
This is because TCP_ECN_check_ce() considers that if no ECT is seen on a
segment, this is because this segment was a retransmit.
Refine this heuristic and apply it only if we seen ECT in a previous
segment, to detect ECN blackhole at IP level.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Jamal Hadi Salim <jhs@mojatatu.com>
CC: Jerry Chu <hkchu@google.com>
CC: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
CC: Jim Gettys <jg@freedesktop.org>
CC: Dave Taht <dave.taht@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Ilpo Järvinen <ilpo.jarvinen@helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Since we've now turned around and made LOOKUP_FOLLOW *not* force an
automount, we want to add the ability to force an automount event on
lookup even if we don't happen to have one of the other flags that force
it implicitly (LOOKUP_OPEN, LOOKUP_DIRECTORY, LOOKUP_PARENT..)
Most cases will never want to use this, since you'd normally want to
delay automounting as long as possible, which usually implies
LOOKUP_OPEN (when we open a file or directory, we really cannot avoid
the automount any more).
But Trond argued sufficiently forcefully that at a minimum bind mounting
a file and quotactl will want to force the automount lookup. Some other
cases (like nfs_follow_remote_path()) could use it too, although
LOOKUP_DIRECTORY would work there as well.
This commit just adds the flag and logic, no users yet, though. It also
doesn't actually touch the LOOKUP_NO_AUTOMOUNT flag that is related, and
was made irrelevant by the same change that made us not follow on
LOOKUP_FOLLOW.
Cc: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Cc: Ian Kent <raven@themaw.net>
Cc: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Cc: Miklos Szeredi <miklos@szeredi.hu>
Cc: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Greg KH <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If the device pass the USB2 software LPM and the host supports hardware
LPM, enable hardware LPM for the device to let the host decide when to
put the link into lower power state.
If hardware LPM is enabled for a port and driver wants to put it into
suspend, it must first disable hardware LPM, resume the port into U0,
and then suspend the port.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Check device's LPM capability by examining the bmAttibutes field of the
USB2.0 Extension Descriptor.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This commit gets BOS(Binary Device Object Store) descriptor set for Super
Speed devices and High Speed devices which support BOS descriptor.
BOS descriptor is used to report additional USB device-level capabilities
that are not reported via the Device descriptor. By getting BOS descriptor
set, driver can check device's device-level capability such as LPM
capability.
Signed-off-by: Andiry Xu <andiry.xu@amd.com>
Signed-off-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The IEEE 1588 standard (PTP) has a provision for a "one step" mode, where
time stamps on outgoing event packets are inserted into the packet by the
hardware on the fly. This patch adds a new flag for the SIOCSHWTSTAMP
ioctl that lets user space programs request this mode.
Signed-off-by: Richard Cochran <richard.cochran@omicron.at>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The struct pm_domain_data data type is defined in such a way that
adding new fields specific to the generic PM domains code will
require include/linux/pm.h to be modified. As a result, data types
used only by the generic PM domains code will be defined in two
headers, although they all should be defined in pm_domain.h and
pm.h will need to include more headers, which won't be very nice.
For this reason change the definition of struct pm_subsys_data
so that its domain_data member is a pointer, which will allow
struct pm_domain_data to be subclassed by various PM domains
implementations. Remove the need_restore member from
struct pm_domain_data and make the generic PM domains code
subclass it by adding the need_restore member to the new data type.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Merge commit e8b364b88c
(PM / Clocks: Do not acquire a mutex under a spinlock) fixing
a regression in drivers/base/power/clock_ops.c.
Conflicts:
drivers/base/power/clock_ops.c
This patches implements the xen_platform_op hypercall, to pass the parsed
ACPI info to hypervisor.
Signed-off-by: Yu Ke <ke.yu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Tian Kevin <kevin.tian@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jeremy Fitzhardinge <jeremy.fitzhardinge@citrix.com>
[v1: Added DEFINE_GUEST.. in appropiate headers]
[v2: Ripped out typedefs]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
As mentioned by http://www.microsoft.com/whdc/device/input/DigitizerDrvs_touch.mspx
multitouch devices are those that have the input report HID_CONTACTID.
This patch detects this and unloads the generic-usb driver.
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Tissoires <benjamin.tissoires@enac.fr>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
We had need to see the difference between scheduling a runnable task and
a runnable task being involuntarily preempted.
No app should rely on the old string output (the binary
trace event record format is not changed).
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1316164603.10174.11.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
If optional discard support in dm-crypt is enabled, discards requests
bypass the crypt queue and blocks of the underlying device are discarded.
For the read path, discarded blocks are handled the same as normal
ciphertext blocks, thus decrypted.
So if the underlying device announces discarded regions return zeroes,
dm-crypt must disable this flag because after decryption there is just
random noise instead of zeroes.
Signed-off-by: Milan Broz <mbroz@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
If simultaneous NMIs happen, we're supposed to queue the second
and next (collapsing them), but currently we sometimes collapse
the second into the first.
Fix by using a counter for pending NMIs instead of a bool; since
the counter limit depends on whether the processor is currently
in an NMI handler, which can only be checked in vcpu context
(via the NMI mask), we add a new KVM_REQ_NMI to request recalculation
of the counter.
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
The use of printk_ratelimit is discouraged, replace it with
pr*_ratelimited or __ratelimit. While at it, convert remaining
guest-triggerable printks to rate-limited variants.
Signed-off-by: Jan Kiszka <jan.kiszka@siemens.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Now that Book3S PV mode can also run PAPR guests, we can add a PAPR cap and
enable it for all Book3S targets. Enabling that CAP switches KVM into PAPR
mode.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Until now, we always set HIOR based on the PVR, but this is just wrong.
Instead, we should be setting HIOR explicitly, so user space can decide
what the initial HIOR value is - just like on real hardware.
We keep the old PVR based way around for backwards compatibility, but
once user space uses the SREGS based method, we drop the PVR logic.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently the method of dealing with an IO operation on a bus (PIO/MMIO)
is to call the read or write callback for each device registered
on the bus until we find a device which handles it.
Since the number of devices on a bus can be significant due to ioeventfds
and coalesced MMIO zones, this leads to a lot of overhead on each IO
operation.
Instead of registering devices, we now register ranges which points to
a device. Lookup is done using an efficient bsearch instead of a linear
search.
Performance test was conducted by comparing exit count per second with
200 ioeventfds created on one byte and the guest is trying to access a
different byte continuously (triggering usermode exits).
Before the patch the guest has achieved 259k exits per second, after the
patch the guest does 274k exits per second.
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
This patch changes coalesced mmio to create one mmio device per
zone instead of handling all zones in one device.
Doing so enables us to take advantage of existing locking and prevents
a race condition between coalesced mmio registration/unregistration
and lookups.
Suggested-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
The patch raises the hard limit of VCPU count to 254.
This will allow developers to easily work on scalability
and will allow users to test high VCPU setups easily without
patching the kernel.
To prevent possible issues with current setups, KVM_CAP_NR_VCPUS
now returns the recommended VCPU limit (which is still 64) - this
should be a safe value for everybody, while a new KVM_CAP_MAX_VCPUS
returns the hard limit which is now 254.
Cc: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Cc: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Suggested-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@cs.helsinki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Sasha Levin <levinsasha928@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcelo Tosatti <mtosatti@redhat.com>
There is no need to put the IRQ number in driver's private platform
data structure as this can also be passed in struct i2c_lient.irq.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Switch to generic media bus signal polarity flags and allow
configuring the FIELD signal polarity.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
FIELD signal is used for indicating frame field type to the frame grabber
in interlaced scan mode, as specified in ITU-R BT.601 standard.
In normal operation mode FIELD = 0 selects Field1 (odd) and FIELD = 1
selects Field2 (even). When the FIELD signal is inverted it's the other
way around.
Add corresponding flags for configuring the FIELD signal polarity,
V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_HIGH for the standard (non-inverted) case and
V4L2_MBUS_FIELD_EVEN_LOW for inverted case.
Also add a comment about usage of V4L2_MBUS_[HV]SYNC* flags for
the hardware that uses [HV]REF signals.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The uvcvideo extension unit API requires constants defined in the
video.h header. Add it to the list of includes exported to userspace.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix a merge conflict]
Signed-off-by: Igor M. Liplianin <liplianin@netup.ru>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Device drivers that create and destroy SR-IOV virtual functions via
calls to pci_enable_sriov() and pci_disable_sriov can cause catastrophic
failures if they attempt to destroy VFs while they are assigned to
guest virtual machines. By adding a flag for use by the KVM module
to indicate that a device is assigned a device driver can check that
flag and avoid destroying VFs while they are assigned and avoid system
failures.
CC: Ian Campbell <ijc@hellion.org.uk>
CC: Konrad Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Rose <gregory.v.rose@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Jeff Kirsher <jeffrey.t.kirsher@intel.com>
The WM1250 EV1 has some GPIOs which can be used to control the behaviour
at runtime. Request them all if supplied and add a set_bias_level()
function to start and stop the clocks.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
During some CPU power modes entered during idle, hotplug and
suspend, peripherals located in the CPU power domain, such as
the GIC, localtimers, and VFP, may be powered down. Add a
notifier chain that allows drivers for those peripherals to
be notified before and after they may be reset.
Notified drivers can include VFP co-processor, interrupt controller
and it's PM extensions, local CPU timers context save/restore which
shouldn't be interrupted. Hence CPU PM event APIs must be called
with interrupts disabled.
Signed-off-by: Colin Cross <ccross@android.com>
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Tested-and-Acked-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Tested-by: Vishwanath BS <vishwanath.bs@ti.com>
The EFR (Enhenced-Features-Register) is located at a different offset
than the other devices supporting UART_CAP_EFR. This change add a special
setup quick to set UPF_EXAR_EFR on the port. UPF_EXAR_EFR is then used to
the port type to PORT_XR17D15X since it is for sure a XR17D15X uart.
Signed-off-by: Søren Holm <sgh@sgh.dk>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add new xs_reset_watches function to shutdown watches from old kernel after
kexec boot. The old kernel does not unregister all watches in the
shutdown path. They are still active, the double registration can not
be detected by the new kernel. When the watches fire, unexpected events
will arrive and the xenwatch thread will crash (jumps to NULL). An
orderly reboot of a hvm guest will destroy the entire guest with all its
resources (including the watches) before it is rebuilt from scratch, so
the missing unregister is not an issue in that case.
With this change the xenstored is instructed to wipe all active watches
for the guest. However, a patch for xenstored is required so that it
accepts the XS_RESET_WATCHES request from a client (see changeset
23839:42a45baf037d in xen-unstable.hg). Without the patch for xenstored
the registration of watches will fail and some features of a PVonHVM
guest are not available. The guest is still able to boot, but repeated
kexec boots will fail.
[v5: use xs_single instead of passing a dummy string to xs_talkv]
[v4: ignore -EEXIST in xs_reset_watches]
[v3: use XS_RESET_WATCHES instead of XS_INTRODUCE]
[v2: move all code which deals with XS_INTRODUCE into xs_introduce()
(based on feedback from Ian Campbell); remove casts from kvec assignment]
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
[v1: Redid the git description a bit]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Update include/xen/interface/io/xs_wire.h from xen-unstable.
Now entries in xsd_sockmsg_type were added.
Signed-off-by: Olaf Hering <olaf@aepfle.de>
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Now that the hypercall interface changes are in -unstable, make the
kernel side code not ignore the segment (aka domain) number anymore
(which results in pretty odd behavior on such systems). Rather, if
only the old interfaces are available, don't call them for devices on
non-zero segments at all.
Signed-off-by: Jan Beulich <jbeulich@suse.com>
[v1: Edited git description]
Signed-off-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
The patch adds a couple empty functions for non-dt build, so that
drivers migrating to dt can save some '#ifdef CONFIG_OF'.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
The patch adds function of_alias_scan to populate a global lookup
table with the properties of 'aliases' node and function
of_alias_get_id for drivers to find alias id from the lookup table.
v3: Split out automatic addition of aliases on id lookup so that it can be
debated separately from the core functionality.
v2: - Add of_chosen/of_aliases populating and of_alias_scan() invocation
for OF_PROMTREE.
- Add locking
- rework parse loop
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Acked-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
* 'for-linus' of git://git390.marist.edu/pub/scm/linux-2.6:
[S390] kvm: extension capability for new address space layout
[S390] kvm: fix address mode switching
The number of times we look at a potentially connected neighbour is just
as important as the number of times we actually recurse into looking at
that neighbour so also collect that statistic.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Use one set of defines for the HS bits, since they are identical in both
control register.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Software only shadow register to be used by the driver.
For example Earpiece path will need this shadow register.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The protocol differs by having two toggle bits in the scancode. Since
one of the bits is otherwise unused, we can safely handle the bits
unconditionally.
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix some bad whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The keycode mangling algorithm is kept the same, so the new external
keymap has the same values as the old static table.
[mchehab@redhat.com: Fix some bad whitespacing]
Signed-off-by: Anssi Hannula <anssi.hannula@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch adds the DBX500 PRCMU Timer driver as a clocksource
and as sched_clock.
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Mattias Wallin <mattias.wallin@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonas Aaberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Patch splits up the blowfish crypto routine into a common part (key setup)
which will be used by blowfish crypto modules (x86_64 assembly and generic-c).
Also fixes errors/warnings reported by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Jussi Kivilinna <jussi.kivilinna@mbnet.fi>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Add SFF-8485 v0.7 / SAS-1 smp-write-gpio register support to libsas.
Defer SAS-2 support unless/until it defines an sgpio interface.
Minimum implementation needed to get the lights blinking.
try_test_sas_gpio_gp_bit() provides a common method to parse the
incoming write data (raw bitstream), and the to_sas_gpio_gp_bit() helper
routine can be used as a basis for the set/clear operations for the
'read' implementation. Host implementations parse as many bits
(ODx.[012]) as are locally supported and report the number of registers
successfully written. If the submitted data overruns the internal
number of registers available report the write as a success with the
number of bytes remaining reported in ->resid_len.
Example (assuming an active backplane) set the "identify" pattern for
the first 21 devices:
smp_write_gpio --count=2 --data=92,49,24,92,24,92,49,24 -t 4 --index=1 /dev/bsg/sas_hostX
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Since commit [e58aa3d2: genirq: Run irq handlers with interrupts disabled],
We run all interrupt handlers with interrupts disabled
and we even check and yell when an interrupt handler
returns with interrupts enabled (see commit [b738a50a:
genirq: Warn when handler enables interrupts]).
So now this flag is a NOOP and can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Yong Zhang <yong.zhang0@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
ELD (EDID-Like Data) describes to the HDMI/DP audio driver the audio
capabilities of the plugged monitor.
This adds drm_edid_to_eld() for converting EDID to ELD. The converted
ELD will be saved in a new drm_connector.eld[128] data field. This is
necessary because the graphics driver will need to fixup some of the
data fields (eg. HDMI/DP connection type, AV sync delay) before writing
to the hardware ELD buffer. drm_av_sync_delay() will help the graphics
drivers dynamically compute the AV sync delay for fixing-up the ELD.
ELD selection policy: it's possible for one encoder to be associated
with multiple connectors (ie. monitors), in which case the first found
ELD will be returned by drm_select_eld(). This policy may not be
suitable for all users, but let's start it simple first.
The impact of ELD selection policy: assume there are two monitors, one
supports stereo playback and the other has 8-channel output; cloned
display mode is used, so that the two monitors are associated with the
same internal encoder. If only the stereo playback capability is reported,
the user won't be able to start 8-channel playback; if the 8-channel ELD
is reported, then user space applications may send 8-channel samples
down, however the user may actually be listening to the 2-channel
monitor and not connecting speakers to the 8-channel monitor.
According to James, many TVs will either refuse the display anything or
pop-up an OSD warning whenever they receive hdmi audio which they cannot
handle. Eventually we will require configurability and/or per-monitor
audio control even when the video is cloned.
CC: Zhao Yakui <yakui.zhao@intel.com>
CC: Wang Zhenyu <zhenyu.z.wang@intel.com>
CC: Jeremy Bush <contractfrombelow@gmail.com>
CC: Christopher White <c.white@pulseforce.com>
CC: Pierre-Louis Bossart <pierre-louis.bossart@intel.com>
CC: Paul Menzel <paulepanter@users.sourceforge.net>
CC: James Cloos <cloos@jhcloos.com>
CC: Chris Wilson <chris@chris-wilson.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ben Skeggs <bskeggs@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block:
floppy: use del_timer_sync() in init cleanup
blk-cgroup: be able to remove the record of unplugged device
block: Don't check QUEUE_FLAG_SAME_COMP in __blk_complete_request
mm: Add comment explaining task state setting in bdi_forker_thread()
mm: Cleanup clearing of BDI_pending bit in bdi_forker_thread()
block: simplify force plug flush code a little bit
block: change force plug flush call order
block: Fix queue_flag update when rq_affinity goes from 2 to 1
block: separate priority boosting from REQ_META
block: remove READ_META and WRITE_META
xen-blkback: fixed indentation and comments
xen-blkback: Don't disconnect backend until state switched to XenbusStateClosed.
The MT9T001 is a parallel 3MP sensor from Aptina (formerly Micron)
controlled through I2C.
The driver creates a V4L2 subdevice. It currently supports binning and
cropping, and the gain, exposure, test pattern and black level controls.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
It is now not needed as the sensor identification is done
through the media controller API.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Hardware Spinlock devices usually contain numerous locks (known
devices today support between 32 to 256 locks).
Originally hwspinlock core required drivers to register (and later,
when needed, unregister) each lock separately.
That worked, but required hwspinlocks drivers to do a bit extra work
when they were probed/removed.
This patch changes hwspin_lock_{un}register() to allow a bank of
hwspinlocks to be {un}registered in a single invocation.
A new 'struct hwspinlock_device', which contains an array of 'struct
hwspinlock's is now being passed to the core upon registration (so
instead of wrapping each struct hwspinlock, a priv member has been added
to allow drivers to piggyback their private data with each hwspinlock).
While at it, several per-lock members were moved to be per-device:
1. struct device *dev
2. struct hwspinlock_ops *ops
In addition, now that the array of locks is handled by the core,
there's no reason to maintain a per-lock 'int id' member: the id of the
lock anyway equals to its index in the bank's array plus the bank's
base_id.
Remove this per-lock id member too, and instead use a simple pointers
arithmetic to derive it.
As a result of this change, hwspinlocks drivers are now simpler and smaller
(about %20 code reduction) and the memory footprint of the hwspinlock
framework is reduced.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
hwspinlock drivers must anyway select CONFIG_HWSPINLOCK,
so there's no point in having register/unregister stubs.
Removing those stubs will only make it easier for developers
to catch CONFIG_HWSPINLOCK mis-.config-urations.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
hwspinlock devices provide system-wide hardware locks that are used
by remote processors that have no other way to achieve synchronization.
To achieve that, each physical lock must have a system-wide id number
that is agreed upon, otherwise remote processors can't possibly assume
they're using the same hardware lock.
Usually boards have a single hwspinlock device, which provides several
hwspinlocks, and in this case, they can be trivially numbered 0 to
(num-of-locks - 1).
In case boards have several hwspinlocks devices, a different base id
should be used for each hwspinlock device (they can't all use 0 as
a starting id!).
While this is certainly not common, it's just plain wrong to just
silently use 0 as a base id whenever the hwspinlock driver is probed.
This patch provides a hwspinlock_pdata structure, that boards can use
to set a different base id for each of the hwspinlock devices they may
have, and demonstrates how to use it with the omap hwspinlock driver.
While we're at it, make sure the hwspinlock core prints an explicit
error message in case an hwspinlock is registered with an id number
that already exists; this will help users catch such base id issues.
Reported-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Add management interface events for blocking/unblocking a device.
Sender of the block device command gets cmd complete and other
mgmt sockets get the event. Event is also sent to mgmt sockets when
blocking is done with ioctl, e.g when blocking a device with
hciconfig. This makes it possible for bluetoothd to track status
of blocked devices when a third party block or unblocks a device.
Event sending is handled in mgmt_device_blocked function which gets
called from hci_blacklist_add in hci_core.c. A pending command is
added in mgmt_block_device, so that it can found when sending the
event - the event is not sent to the socket from which the pending
command came. Locks were moved out from hci_core.c to hci_sock.c
and mgmt.c, because locking is needed also for mgmt_pending_add in
mgmt.c.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The function crypto_blkcipher_setkey() called by smp_e()
can sleep, so all the crypto work has to be moved to
hci_dev workqueue.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The objective is to make the core to have as little as possible
information about SMP procedures and logic. Now, all the SMP
specific information is hidden from the core.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add command to management interface for enabling/disabling the
fast connectable mode.
Signed-off-by: Antti Julku <antti.julku@nokia.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
One piece of information that was lost when using the mgmt interface,
was the type of the connection. Using HCI events we used to know
the type of the connection based on the type of the event, e.g.
HCI_LE_Connection_Complete for LE links.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
Add HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag to indicate that SMP is pending
for that connection. This allows to have information that an SMP
procedure is going on for that connection.
We use the HCI_CONN_ENCRYPT_PEND to indicate that encryption
(HCI_LE_Start_Encryption) is pending for that connection.
While a SMP procedure is going on we hold an reference to the
connection, to avoid disconnections.
Signed-off-by: Vinicius Costa Gomes <vinicius.gomes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
This checks if there is any existing connection according to its type
before start iterating in the list and immediately stop iterating when
reaching the number of connections.
Signed-off-by: Luiz Augusto von Dentz <luiz.von.dentz@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Gustavo F. Padovan <padovan@profusion.mobi>
The model_id is no longer needed within the platform_data
for the TPA driver since the model of TPA specified
with the device name (tpa6130a2/tpa6140a2).
Also update rx51 (the only affected user) to use the device name rather
than platform data.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Tested-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Acked-by: Tony Lindgren <tony@atomide.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The orginal code does not cover the case that one DAI such as codec
may be shared between other two DAIs(CPU).
When do symmetry checking, altough the codec DAI requires symmetry,
the two CPU DAIs may still be configured to run on different rates.
We change to check each DAI's state separately instead of only checking
the dai link to prevent this issue.
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Tested-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
One of the longest standing areas for improvement in ASoC has been the
DAPM algorithm - it repeats the same checks many times whenever it is run
and makes no effort to limit the areas of the graph it checks meaning we
do an awful lot of walks over the full graph. This has never mattered too
much as the size of the graph has generally been small in relation to the
size of the devices supported and the speed of CPUs but it is annoying.
In preparation for work on improving this insert a trace point after the
graph walk has been done. This gives us specific timing information for
the walk, and in order to give quantifiable (non-benchmark) numbers also
count every time we check a link or check the power for a widget and report
those numbers. Substantial changes in the algorithm may require tweaks to
the stats but they should be useful for simpler things.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The problem tackled in this patch is how to handle volatile autoclusters
correctly. A volatile autocluster is a cluster of related controls where one
control is the control that toggles between manual and auto mode and the other
controls are the values for the manual mode. For example autogain and gain,
autoexposure and exposure, etc.
If the hardware lets you read out the automatically calculated manual values
while in automode, then those manual controls should be marked volatile.
gain value as calculated by the autogain circuitry, then you would mark the
gain control as volatile (i.e. continuously changing).
The question in such use cases is what to do when switching from the auto
mode to the manual mode. Should we switch to the last set manual values or
should the volatile values be copied and used as the initial manual values.
For example: suppose the mode is manual gain and gain is set to 5. Then
autogain is turned on and the gain is set by the hardware to 2. Finally
the user switches back to manual gain. What should the gain be? 2 or 5?
After a long discussion the decisions was made to keep the last value as
calculated by the auto mode (so 2 in the example above).
The reason is that webcams that do such things will adapt themselves to
the current light conditions and when you switch back to manual mode you
expect that you keep the same picture. If you would switch back to old
manual values, then that would give you a suddenly different picture,
which is jarring for the user.
Additionally, this would be difficult to implement in applications that
store and restore the control values at application exit and start.
If you want to keep the old manual values when you switch from auto to
manual, then there would have to be a way for applications to get hold
of those old values while in auto mode, but there isn't.
So this patch will do all the heavy lifting in v4l2-ctrls.c: if you go
from auto mode to manual mode and the manual controls are volatile, then
g_volatile_ctrl will be called to get the current values for the manual
controls before switching to manual mode.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
With the new flag there is no need anymore to have a separate is_volatile
field. Modify all users to use the new flag.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Add a new VOLATILE control flag that is set for volatile controls.
That way applications know whether the value of the control is volatile
(i.e. can change continuously) or not.
Until now this was an internal property, but it is useful to know in
userspace as well.
A typical use case is the gain value when autogain is on. In that case the
hardware will continuously adjust the gain based various environmental
factors.
This patch just adds and documents the flag, it's not yet used.
Signed-off-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Acked-by: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The parameter's origin type is long. On an i386 architecture, it can
easily be larger than 0x80000000, causing this function to convert it
to a sign-extended u64 type.
Change the type to unsigned long so we get the correct result.
Signed-off-by: hank <pyu@redhat.com>
Cc: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
[ build fix ]
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
On the platforms which are x2apic and interrupt-remapping
capable, Linux kernel is enabling x2apic even if the BIOS
doesn't. This is to take advantage of the features that x2apic
brings in.
Some of the OEM platforms are running into issues because of
this, as their bios is not x2apic aware. For example, this was
resulting in interrupt migration issues on one of the platforms.
Also if the BIOS SMI handling uses APIC interface to send SMI's,
then the BIOS need to be aware of x2apic mode that OS has
enabled.
On some of these platforms, BIOS doesn't have a HW mechanism to
turnoff the x2apic feature to prevent OS from enabling it.
To resolve this mess, recent changes to the VT-d2 specification:
http://download.intel.com/technology/computing/vptech/Intel(r)_VT_for_Direct_IO.pdf
includes a mechanism that provides BIOS a way to request system
software to opt out of enabling x2apic mode.
Look at the x2apic optout flag in the DMAR tables before
enabling the x2apic mode in the platform. Also print a warning
that we have disabled x2apic based on the BIOS request.
Kernel boot parameter "intremap=no_x2apic_optout" can be used to
override the BIOS x2apic optout request.
Signed-off-by: Youquan Song <youquan.song@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Suresh Siddha <suresh.b.siddha@intel.com>
Cc: yinghai@kernel.org
Cc: joerg.roedel@amd.com
Cc: tony.luck@intel.com
Cc: dwmw2@infradead.org
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110824001456.171766616@sbsiddha-desk.sc.intel.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
Thus spake Andrew Morton:
"And I have the usual maintainability whine. If someone comes up to
vmscan.c and sees it calling blk_start_plug(), how are they supposed to
work out why that call is there? They go look at the blk_start_plug()
definition and it is undocumented. I think we can do better than this?"
Adapted from the LWN article - http://lwn.net/Articles/438256/ by Jens
Axboe and from an earlier attempt by Shaohua Li to document blk-plug.
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: grammatical and spelling tweaks]
Signed-off-by: Suresh Jayaraman <sjayaraman@suse.de>
Cc: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Cc: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
These functions can be used instead of referencing -EUCLEAN and -EBADMSG
all over the place. They should help make code a little bit more
readable.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This patch clarifies a few bits of documentation in the header file
for the adxl34x driver.
Signed-off-by: Michael Tandy <lkml@mkt.me.uk>
Acked-by: Michael Hennerich <michael.hennerich@analog.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
hex2bin converts a hexadecimal string to its binary representation.
The original version of hex2bin did not do any error checking. This
patch adds error checking and returns the result.
Changelog v1:
- removed unpack_hex_byte()
- changed return code from boolean to int
Changelog:
- use the new unpack_hex_byte()
- add __must_check compiler option (Andy Shevchenko's suggestion)
- change function API to return error checking result
(based on Tetsuo Handa's initial patch)
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
Add IP6_TNL_F_USE_ORIG_FWMARK to ip6_tunnel, so that ip6_tnl_xmit2()
makes a route lookup taking into account skb->fwmark and doesnt cache
lookup result.
This permits more flexibility in policies and firewall setups.
To setup such a tunnel, "fwmark inherit" option should be added to "ip
-f inet6 tunnel" command.
Reported-by: Anders Franzen <Anders.Franzen@ericsson.com>
CC: Hans Schillström <hans.schillstrom@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NFC Controller Interface (NCI) is a standard
communication protocol between an NFC Controller (NFCC)
and a Device Host (DH), defined by the NFC Forum.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The file nfc.h was moved from include/net to include/net/nfc,
since new NFC header files will be added to include/net/nfc.
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add 2 new nfc control operations:
dev_up to turn on the nfc device
dev_down to turn off the nfc device
Signed-off-by: Ilan Elias <ilane@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
598841ca99 ([S390] use gmap address
spaces for kvm guest images) changed kvm on s390 to use a separate
address space for kvm guests. We can now put KVM guests anywhere
in the user address mode with a size up to 8PB - as long as the
memory is 1MB-aligned. This change was done without KVM extension
capability bit.
The change was added after 3.0, but we still have a chance to add
a feature bit before 3.1 (keeping the releases in a sane state).
We use number 71 to avoid collisions with other pending kvm patches
as requested by Alexander Graf.
Signed-off-by: Christian Borntraeger <borntraeger@de.ibm.com>
Acked-by: Avi Kivity <avi@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Heiko Carstens <heiko.carstens@de.ibm.com>
The WM5100 is a highly integrated low power audio subsystem with advanced
digital signal processing capabilities including effects, speech clarity
enhancement and active noise cancellation. This initial driver provides
support for basic audio paths, further patches will provide more
complete functionality.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
In systems where there is no hardware signal from the processor to the
PMIC to initiate the final power off sequence we must initiate the
shutdown with a register write to the PMIC. Support such systems in the
driver. Since this may prevent a full shutdown of the system platform
data is used to enable the feature.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
* 'drm-nouveau-next' of git://git.freedesktop.org/git/nouveau/linux-2.6: (353 commits)
drm/nouveau: remove allocations from gart populate() hook
drm/nvc0/fb: slightly improve PMFB intr handling, move out of nvc0_graph.c
drm/nvc0/fifo: avoid touching missing subfifos
drm/nvd9/disp: bail out of mode_set_base if no fb bound to crtc
drm/nvd9/disp: stub some more api hooks so we don't oops on resume
drm/nouveau: fix printk typo in ioremap failure path
drm/nvc0/pm: minor clock readback fixes
drm/nv40/pm: execute memory reset script from vbios
drm/nv50/gr: refactor initialisation
drm/nouveau: if requested, try harder at disabling sysmem pushbufs
drm/nv50/gr: enable ctxprog xfer only when we need it to save power
drm/nouveau/dp: add support for displayport table 0x30
drm/nouveau/dp: return master dp table pointer too when looking up encoder
drm/nouveau/bios: simplify U/d table hash matching func to just match
drm/nouveau/dp: preserve non-pattern bits in DP_TRAINING_PATTERN_SET
drm/nvc0/gr: remove MODULE_FIRMWARE() lines
drm/nouveau/dp: use alternate lane mask for nvaf
drm/nouveau/dp: link rate scripts are selected with a comparison table
drm/nv40/pm: write nv40-specific reclocking routines
drm/nv40/pm: parse geometric delta clock from vbios
...
Add a helper function to allow drivers to disable hardware resampling
when the application has specified the SNDRV_PCM_HW_PARAMS_NORESAMPLE
flag.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
We want to override the default value of SD_NODES_PER_DOMAIN on ppc64,
so move it into linux/topology.h.
Signed-off-by: Anton Blanchard <anton@samba.org>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
If an architecture sets ARCH_HAS_DMA_GET_REQUIRED_MASK and has settable
dma_map_ops, the required mask may change by the ops implementation.
For example, a system that always has an mmu inline may only require 32
bits while a swiotlb would desire bits to cover all of memory.
Therefore add the field if the architecture does not use the generic
definition of dma_get_required_mask. The first use will by by powerpc.
Note that this does add some dependency on the order in which files are
visible here.
Signed-off-by: Milton Miller <miltonm@bga.com>
Signed-off-by: Nishanth Aravamudan <nacc@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: FUJITA Tomonori <fujita.tomonori@lab.ntt.co.jp>
There is no need to write to the vio registers at probe time, since most
them either read only, or shared with MFD or not used.
On the other hand it is a good idea to updated the ASICREV register in
the cache at this time.
After power up we need to restore some registers. Clean up the list to
contain only the registers we are going to restore.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
For client driver to use, if they need chip resvision information.
Signed-off-by: Peter Ujfalusi <peter.ujfalusi@ti.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When the driver (or most likely firmware) decides which AP to use
for roaming based on internal scan result processing, user space
needs to be notified of PMKSA caching candidates to allow RSN
pre-authentication to be used.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add function to find vendor-specific ie (along with
vendor-specific ie struct definition and P2P OUI values)
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Reviewed-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for LZO compression when storing the register
cache.
For a typical device whose register map would normally occupy 25kB or 50kB
by using the LZO compression technique, one can get down to ~5-7kB. There
might be a performance penalty associated with each individual read/write
due to decompressing/compressing the underlying cache, however that should not
be noticeable. These memory benefits depend on whether the target architecture
can get rid of the memory occupied by the original register defaults cache
which is marked as __devinitconst. Nevertheless there will be some memory
gain even if the target architecture can't get rid of the original register
map, this should be around ~30-32kB instead of 50kB.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch adds support for the rbtree cache compression type.
Each rbnode manages a variable length block of registers. There can be no
two nodes with overlapping blocks. Each block has a base register and a
currently top register, all the other registers, if any, lie in between these
two and in ascending order.
The reasoning behind the construction of this rbtree is simple. In the
snd_soc_rbtree_cache_init() function, we iterate over the register defaults
provided by the regcache core. For each register value that is non-zero we
insert it in the rbtree. In order to determine in which rbnode we need
to add the register, we first look if there is another register already
added that is adjacent to the one we are about to add. If that is the case
we append it in that rbnode block, otherwise we create a new rbnode
with a single register in its block and add it to the tree.
There are various optimizations across the implementation to speed up lookups
by caching the most recently used rbnode.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This is the simplest form of a cache available in regcache. Any
registers whose default value is 0 are ignored. If any of those
registers are modified in the future, they will be placed in the
cache on demand. The cache layout is essentially using the provided
register defaults by the regcache core directly and does not re-map
it to another representation.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch introduces caching support for regmap. The regcache API
has evolved essentially out of ASoC soc-cache so most of the actual
caching types (except LZO) have been tested in the past.
The purpose of regcache is to optimize in time and space the handling
of register caches. Time optimization is achieved by not having to go
over a slow bus like I2C to read the value of a register, instead it is
cached locally in memory and can be retrieved faster. Regarding space
optimization, some of the cache types are better at packing the caches,
for e.g. the rbtree and the LZO caches. By doing this the sacrifice in
time still wins over doing I2C transactions.
Signed-off-by: Dimitris Papastamos <dp@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Tested-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
1. add different clkmux mode handling
SAIF can use two instances to implement full duplex (playback &
recording) and record saif may work on EXTMASTER mode which is
using other saif's BITCLK&LRCLK.
The clkmux mode could be set in pdata->init() in mach-specific code.
For generic saif driver, it only needs to know who is his master
and the master id is also provided in mach-specific code.
2. support playback and capture simutaneously however the sample
rates can not be different due to hw limitation.
Signed-off-by: Dong Aisheng <b29396@freescale.com>
Acked-by: Wolfram Sang <w.sang@pengutronix.de>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
When debugging tight race conditions, it can be helpful to have a
synchronized tracing method. Although in most cases the global clock
provides this functionality, if timings is not the issue, it is more
comforting to know that the order of events really happened in a precise
order.
Instead of using a clock, add a "counter" that is simply an incrementing
atomic 64bit counter that orders the events as they are perceived to
happen.
The trace_clock_counter() is added from the attempt by Peter Zijlstra
trying to convert the trace_clock_global() to it. I took Peter's counter
code and made trace_clock_counter() instead, and added it to the choice
of clocks. Just echo counter > /debug/tracing/trace_clock to activate
it.
Requested-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Requested-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Reviewed-By: Valdis Kletnieks <valdis.kletnieks@vt.edu>
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Untill now, sg_len greater than one is not supported. This patch adds support to
do that.
Note: Still, if peripheral is flow controller, sg_len can't be greater that one.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
On some sh-mobile systems there are more than one DMA controllers, that
can be used for serial ports. Specifying a DMA device in sh-sci platform
data unnecessarily restricts the driver to only use one DMA controller.
Signed-off-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
[Fixed the trivial conflict in include/linux/serial_sci.h]
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
commit 946cedccbd (tcp: Change possible SYN flooding messages)
added a build error if CONFIG_SYN_COOKIES=n
Reported-by: Markus Trippelsdorf <markus@trippelsdorf.de>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.infradead.org/users/sameo/mfd-2.6:
mfd: Fix omap-usb-host build failure
mfd: Make omap-usb-host TLL mode work again
mfd: Set MAX8997 irq pointer
mfd: Fix initialisation of tps65910 interrupts
mfd: Check for twl4030-madc NULL pointer
mfd: Copy the device pointer to the twl4030-madc structure
mfd: Rename wm8350 static gpio_set_debounce()
mfd: Fix value of WM8994_CONFIGURE_GPIO
If there was ever any code that used MEM_ALLOC_THRESHOLD, it was removed a
long time ago.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
The video buffer is not uncached memory-mapped I/O, so don't tag the virtual
address as __iomem. It's also not a u8*.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
Remove some unused ioctl commands, and treat those commands as unsupported
instead of ignored.
Also remove struct mfb_alpha, which isn't used by any ioctl. It may have
been once intended for MFB_SET_ALPHA, but that ioctl uses a different
data structure.
Signed-off-by: Timur Tabi <timur@freescale.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
* git://github.com/davem330/net: (62 commits)
ipv6: don't use inetpeer to store metrics for routes.
can: ti_hecc: include linux/io.h
IRDA: Fix global type conflicts in net/irda/irsysctl.c v2
net: Handle different key sizes between address families in flow cache
net: Align AF-specific flowi structs to long
ipv4: Fix fib_info->fib_metrics leak
caif: fix a potential NULL dereference
sctp: deal with multiple COOKIE_ECHO chunks
ibmveth: Fix checksum offload failure handling
ibmveth: Checksum offload is always disabled
ibmveth: Fix issue with DMA mapping failure
ibmveth: Fix DMA unmap error
pch_gbe: support ML7831 IOH
pch_gbe: added the process of FIFO over run error
pch_gbe: fixed the issue which receives an unnecessary packet.
sfc: Use 64-bit writes for TX push where possible
Revert "sfc: Use write-combining to reduce TX latency" and follow-ups
bnx2x: Fix ethtool advertisement
bnx2x: Fix 578xx link LED
bnx2x: Fix XMAC loopback test
...
In a few places in the kernel, the code prints
a human-readable USB device speed (eg. "high speed").
This involves a switch statement sometimes wrapped
around in ({ ... }) block leading to code repetition.
To mitigate this issue, this commit introduces
usb_speed_string() function, which returns
a human-readable name of provided speed.
It also changes a few places switch was used to use
this new function. This changes a bit the way the
speed is printed in few instances at the same time
standardising it.
Signed-off-by: Michal Nazarewicz <mina86@mina86.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
* tag 'v3.1-rc6': (1902 commits)
Linux 3.1-rc6
ioctl: register LTTng ioctl
fuse: fix memory leak
fuse: fix flock breakage
Btrfs: add dummy extent if dst offset excceeds file end in
Btrfs: calc file extent num_bytes correctly in file clone
btrfs: xattr: fix attribute removal
Btrfs: fix wrong nbytes information of the inode
Btrfs: fix the file extent gap when doing direct IO
Btrfs: fix unclosed transaction handle in btrfs_cont_expand
Btrfs: fix misuse of trans block rsv
Btrfs: reset to appropriate block rsv after orphan operations
Btrfs: skip locking if searching the commit root in csum lookup
btrfs: fix warning in iput for bad-inode
Btrfs: fix an oops when deleting snapshots
[media] vp7045: fix buffer setup
[media] nuvoton-cir: simplify raw IR sample handling
[media] [Resend] viacam: Don't explode if pci_find_bus() returns NULL
[media] v4l2: Fix documentation of the codec device controls
[media] gspca - sonixj: Fix the darkness of sensor om6802 in 320x240
...
tcp_md5sig_pool is currently an 'array' (a percpu object) of pointers to
struct tcp_md5sig_pool. Only the pointers are NUMA aware, but objects
themselves are all allocated on a single node.
Remove this extra indirection to get proper percpu memory (NUMA aware)
and make code simpler.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reverts commit 0856a30409.
As requested by Eric Dumazet, it has various ref-counting
problems and has introduced regressions. Eric will add
a more suitable version of this performance fix.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A user-space process must use ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLCNT to find the number
of classification rules, then allocate a buffer of the right size,
then use ETHTOOL_GRXCLSRLALL to fill the buffer. If some other
process inserts or deletes a rule between those two operations,
the user buffer might turn out to be the wrong size.
If it's too small, the return value will be -EMSGSIZE. But if it's
too large, there is no indication of this. Fix this by updating
the rule_cnt field on return.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Correct the description of ethtool_rxnfc::rule_locs; it is an array
of currently used locations, not all possible valid locations.
Add note that drivers must not use ethtool_rxnfc::rule_locs.
The rule_locs argument to ethtool_ops::get_rxnfc is either NULL or a
pointer to an array of u32, so change the parameter type accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The location of an RX flow classification rule is needed to identify
it for retrieval, replacement or deletion. However it also defines
the priority of the rule in the case that a flow is matched by
multiple rules. This is what I intended to imply by referring to the
use of a TCAM, commonly used to implement that behaviour.
However there are other ways this can be done, and it is better to
specify this explicitly. Further, I want to add the option for
automatic selection of rule locations.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Refer consistently to 'classification rules' or just 'rules' rather
than 'filter specifications' or 'filter rules'.
Refer consistently to rule 'locations' and not 'indices'.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is compile tested only.
Suggested by dumpster diving in PAX.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Hemminger <shemminger@vyatta.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the conversion of struct flowi to a union of AF-specific structs, some
operations on the flow cache need to account for the exact size of the key.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
AF-specific flowi structs are now passed to flow_key_compare, which must
also be aligned to a long.
Signed-off-by: David Ward <david.ward@ll.mit.edu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a CAN Gateway/Router to route (and modify) CAN frames.
It is based on the PF_CAN core infrastructure for msg filtering and msg
sending and can optionally modify routed CAN frames on the fly.
CAN frames can *only* be routed between CAN network interfaces (one hop).
They can be modified with AND/OR/XOR/SET operations as configured by the
netlink configuration interface known e.g. from iptables. From the netlink
view this can-gw implements RTM_{NEW|DEL|GET}ROUTE for PF_CAN.
The CAN specific userspace tool to manage CAN routing entries can be found in
the CAN utils http://svn.berlios.de/wsvn/socketcan/trunk/can-utils/cangw.c
at the SocketCAN SVN on BerliOS.
Signed-off-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Attempt to reduce the number of IP packets emitted in response to single
SCTP packet (2e3216cd) introduced a complication - if a packet contains
two COOKIE_ECHO chunks and nothing else then SCTP state machine corks the
socket while processing first COOKIE_ECHO and then loses the association
and forgets to uncork the socket. To deal with the issue add new SCTP
command which can be used to set association explictly. Use this new
command when processing second COOKIE_ECHO chunk to restore the context
for SCTP state machine.
Signed-off-by: Max Matveev <makc@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch does several things:
- introduces __ethtool_get_settings which is called from ethtool code and
from drivers as well. Put ASSERT_RTNL there.
- dev_ethtool_get_settings() is replaced by __ethtool_get_settings()
- changes calling in drivers so rtnl locking is respected. In
iboe_get_rate was previously ->get_settings() called unlocked. This
fixes it. Also prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo() in af_packet.c had the same
problem. Also fixed by calling __dev_get_by_index() instead of
dev_get_by_index() and holding rtnl_lock for both calls.
- introduces rtnl_lock in bnx2fc_vport_create() and fcoe_vport_create()
so bnx2fc_if_create() and fcoe_if_create() are called locked as they
are from other places.
- use __ethtool_get_settings() in bonding code
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
v2->v3:
-removed dev_ethtool_get_settings()
-added ASSERT_RTNL into __ethtool_get_settings()
-prb_calc_retire_blk_tmo - use __dev_get_by_index() and lock
around it and __ethtool_get_settings() call
v1->v2:
add missing export_symbol
Reviewed-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com> [except FCoE bits]
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
There are references to this PHY chip in the generic mii.h header, so removing them.
Re-jiggle the changed comments, in response to points raised by Ben Hutchings.
Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Whitespace changes - spaces converted to tabs after each define name and value
Signed-off-by: Mark Einon <mark.einon@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
dev_forward_skb loops an skb back into host networking
stack which might hang on the memory indefinitely.
In particular, this can happen in macvtap in bridged mode.
Copy the userspace fragments to avoid blocking the
sender in that case.
As this patch makes skb_copy_ubufs extern now,
I also added some documentation and made it clear
the SKBTX_DEV_ZEROCOPY flag automatically instead
of doing it in all callers. This can be made into a separate
patch if people feel it's worth it.
Signed-off-by: Michael S. Tsirkin <mst@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
"Possible SYN flooding on port xxxx " messages can fill logs on servers.
Change logic to log the message only once per listener, and add two new
SNMP counters to track :
TCPReqQFullDoCookies : number of times a SYNCOOKIE was replied to client
TCPReqQFullDrop : number of times a SYN request was dropped because
syncookies were not enabled.
Based on a prior patch from Tom Herbert, and suggestions from David.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
It was pointed out by 'make versioncheck' that some includes of
linux/version.h are not needed in include/.
This patch removes them.
When I last posted the patch, the ceph bit was ACK'ed by Sage Weil, so
I've added that below.
The pwc-ioctl change generated quite a bit of discussion about V4L version
numbers in general, but as far as I can tell, no concensus was reached on
what the long term solution should be, so in the mean time I think we
could start by just removing the unneeded include, which is why I'm
resending the patch with that hunk still included.
Signed-off-by: Jesper Juhl <jj@chaosbits.net>
Acked-by: Sage Weil <sage@newdream.net>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Building a kernel with hotplug disabled results in a link failure:
`bgpio_remove' referenced in section `___ksymtab_gpl+bgpio_remove' of drivers/built-in.o: defined in discarded section `.devexit.text' of drivers/built-in.o
This is because of bgpio_remove() is exported. It is illegal to export
symbols which are discarded either at link time or as part of an
init/exit section.
Fix this by dropping the __devexit attributation from bgpio_remove().
Also drop the __devinit attributation from bgpio_init().
Signed-off-by: Russell King <rmk+kernel@arm.linux.org.uk>
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Revert the post-3.0 commit 82f9d486e5 ("memcg: add
memory.vmscan_stat").
The implementation of per-memcg reclaim statistics violates how memcg
hierarchies usually behave: hierarchically.
The reclaim statistics are accounted to child memcgs and the parent
hitting the limit, but not to hierarchy levels in between. Usually,
hierarchical statistics are perfectly recursive, with each level
representing the sum of itself and all its children.
Since this exports statistics to userspace, this may lead to confusion
and problems with changing things after the release, so revert it now,
we can try again later.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <jweiner@redhat.com>
Acked-by: KAMEZAWA Hiroyuki <kamezawa.hiroyu@jp.fujitsu.com>
Cc: Daisuke Nishimura <nishimura@mxp.nes.nec.co.jp>
Cc: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Cc: Ying Han <yinghan@google.com>
Cc: Balbir Singh <bsingharora@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Before permitting 'security.evm' to be updated, 'security.evm' must
exist and be valid. In the case that there are no existing EVM protected
xattrs, it is safe for posix acls to update the mode bits.
To differentiate between no 'security.evm' xattr and no xattrs used to
calculate 'security.evm', this patch defines INTEGRITY_NOXATTR.
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
The posix xattr acls are 'system' prefixed, which normally would not
affect security.evm. An interesting side affect of writing posix xattr
acls is their modifying of the i_mode, which is included in security.evm.
This patch updates security.evm when posix xattr acls are written.
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Per sec 7.1.3.5 of draft 12.0 of 802.11s, mesh frames indicate the
presence of the mesh control header in their QoS header.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Set SSID information from nl80211 beacon parameters. Advertise changes
in SSID to low level drivers.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
To properly maintain the peer's block ack window, the driver needs to be
able to control the new starting sequence number that is sent along with
the BlockAckReq frame.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
PicoDLP is a micro projector from TI.
DLP used in OMAP4 is dpp2600 (DLP Pico Projector) The DLP requires
commands to be sent over i2c for configurations. To know more about
dpp2600 commands please visit:
https://focus.ti.com/myti/docs/extranet.tsp?sectionId=403
The picodlp module consists of a dss driver and an i2c_client.
To know more please visit:
http://www.omappedia.org/wiki/PicoDLP_projector_guide
Based on original design from Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mayuresh Janorkar <mayur@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mythri P K <mythripk@ti.com>
[tomi.valkeinen@ti.com: squashed commits]
Signed-off-by: Tomi Valkeinen <tomi.valkeinen@ti.com>
The endpoint usage field is described in the USB 2.0 specification,
chapter 9.6.6.
Also, move the sync type fields block down by some lines to reflect the
fact that these are also stuffed in bmAttributes.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Mack <zonque@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
Add iommu fault report mechanism to the IOMMU API, so implementations
could report about mmu faults (translation errors, hardware errors,
etc..).
Fault reports can be used in several ways:
- mere logging
- reset the device that accessed the faulting address (may be necessary
in case the device is a remote processor for example)
- implement dynamic PTE/TLB loading
A dedicated iommu_set_fault_handler() API has been added to allow
users, who are interested to receive such reports, to provide
their handler.
Signed-off-by: Ohad Ben-Cohen <ohad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: Joerg Roedel <joerg.roedel@amd.com>
For ipv6 link-local addresses, sunrpc do not compare those scope id.
This patch let sunrpc compares scope id only on link-local addresses.
Signed-off-by: Mi Jinlong <mijinlong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
For IPv6 local address, lockd can not callback to client for
missing scope id when binding address at inet6_bind:
324 if (addr_type & IPV6_ADDR_LINKLOCAL) {
325 if (addr_len >= sizeof(struct sockaddr_in6) &&
326 addr->sin6_scope_id) {
327 /* Override any existing binding, if another one
328 * is supplied by user.
329 */
330 sk->sk_bound_dev_if = addr->sin6_scope_id;
331 }
332
333 /* Binding to link-local address requires an interface */
334 if (!sk->sk_bound_dev_if) {
335 err = -EINVAL;
336 goto out_unlock;
337 }
Replacing svc_addr_u by sockaddr_storage, let rqstp->rq_daddr contains more info
besides address.
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Chuck Lever <chuck.lever@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Mi Jinlong <mijinlong@cn.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
It is a reasonably common pattern for hardware to require some delay after
being quiesced before the disable has finalised, especially in mixed signal
devices. For example, an active discharge may be required to ensure that
the circuit starts up again in a known state. Avoid having to implement
such delays in the regulator API by providing regulator_deferred_disable()
which will do a regulator_disable() a specified number of milliseconds
after it is called.
Due to the reference counting done on regulators a deferred disable can
be cancelled by doing another regulator_enable().
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
The semantics of snd_mpu401_uart_new()'s interrupt parameters are
somewhat counterintuitive: To prevent the function from allocating its
own interrupt, either the irq number must be invalid, or the irq_flags
parameter must be zero. At the same time, the irq parameter being
invalid specifies that the mpu401 code has to work without an interrupt
allocated by the caller. This implies that, if there is an interrupt
and it is allocated by the caller, the irq parameter must be set to
a valid-looking number which then isn't actually used.
With the removal of IRQF_DISABLED, zero becomes a valid irq_flags value,
which forces us to handle the parameters differently.
This patch introduces a new flag MPU401_INFO_IRQ_HOOK for when the
device interrupt is handled by the caller, and makes the allocation of
the interrupt to depend only on the irq parameter. As suggested by
Takashi, the irq_flags parameter was dropped because, when used, it had
the constant value IRQF_DISABLED.
Signed-off-by: Clemens Ladisch <clemens@ladisch.de>
Signed-off-by: Takashi Iwai <tiwai@suse.de>
This patch updates following 3 items.
1. Removes unneccessary code.
2. Add AMBA, PL330 configuration
3. Change the meaning of 'peri_id' variable
from PL330 event number to specific dma id by user.
Signed-off-by: Boojin Kim <boojin.kim@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Acked-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Cc: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
There are no more users...
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
The current code is sort of hackish in that it assumes a referral is always
matched to an export. When we add support for junctions that may not be the
case.
We can replace nfsd4_path() with a function that encodes the components
directly from the dentries. Since nfsd4_path is currently the only user of
the 'ex_pathname' field in struct svc_export, this has the added benefit
of allowing us to get rid of that.
Signed-off-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Introduce filtering for scheduled scans to reduce the number of
unnecessary results (which cause useless wake-ups).
Add a new nested attribute where sets of parameters to be matched can
be passed when starting a scheduled scan. Only scan results that
match any of the sets will be returned.
At this point, the set consists of a single parameter, an SSID. This
can be easily extended in the future to support more complex matches.
Signed-off-by: Luciano Coelho <coelho@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
add WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD flag to indicate uapsd support on
AP mode.
Advertise it to userspace by including a new
NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD attribute.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When this flag is set, Tx A-MPDU sessions will not be started by
mac80211. This flag is required for devices that support Tx A-MPDU setup
in hardware.
Signed-off-by: Arik Nemtsov <arik@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
When the rssi of the current AP drops, both wpa_supplicant and the
firmware may do a background scan to find a better AP and try to
associate. Since firmware based roaming is faster, inform
wpa_supplicant to avoid roaming and let the firmware decide to
roam if necessary.
For fullmac drivers like ath6kl, it is just enough to provide the
ESSID and the firmware will decide on the BSSID. Since it is not
possible to do pre-auth during roaming for fullmac drivers, the
wpa_supplicant needs to completely disconnect with the old AP and
reconnect with the new AP. This consumes lot of time and it is
better to leave the roaming decision to the firmware.
Signed-off-by: Vivek Natarajan <nataraja@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Specs say about size 2 (u16) and my 14e4:4727 has board rev 0x1211.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Larry Finger <Larry.Finger@lwfinger.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The qi->q_lock lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The iommu->register_lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
must not be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The oprofilefs_lock can be taken in atomic context (in profiling
interrupts) and therefore cannot cannot be preempted on -rt -
annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is no reason to allow the lock protecting rwsems (the
ownerless variant) to be preemptible on -rt. Convert it to raw.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is no reason to have the spin_lock protecting the semaphore
preemptible on -rt. Annotate it as a raw_spinlock.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
( On rt this also solves lockdep complaining about the
rt_mutex.wait_lock being not initialized. )
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The thread_group_cputimer lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The logbuf_lock lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
[ merged and fixed it ]
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The prop_local_percpu::lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The percpu_counter::lock can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The kprobe locks can be taken in atomic context and therefore
cannot be preempted on -rt - annotate it.
In mainline this change documents the low level nature of
the lock - otherwise there's no functional difference. Lockdep
and Sparse checking will work as usual.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
There is very little benefit in allowing to let a ->make_request
instance update the bios device and sector and loop around it in
__generic_make_request when we can archive the same through calling
generic_make_request from the driver and letting the loop in
generic_make_request handle it.
Note that various drivers got the return value from ->make_request and
returned non-zero values for errors.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Avoid the hacks need for request based device mappers currently by simply
exporting the symbol instead of trying to get it through the back door.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Some irq chips need the irq_set_wake() functionality, but do not
require a irq_set_wake() callback. Instead of forcing an empty
callback to be implemented add a flag which notes this fact. Check for
the flag in set_irq_wake_real() and return success when set.
Signed-off-by: Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@ti.com>
Cc: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The ecctype and eccsize fields have been obsolete for a while. Since they
don't have any users, we can kill them and leave padding in their place
for now.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The nand_chip.ops field is a struct that is passed around globally with
no particular reason. Every time it is used, it could just as easily be
replaced with a local struct that is updated on each operation. So make
it local.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
We're missing a lot of important documentation in include/mtd/mtd-abi.h:
* add a simple description of each ioctl (feel free to expand!)
* give full explanations of recently added and modified operations
* explain the usage of "RAW" that appear in different modes and types of
operations
* fix some comment style along the way
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
Implement a new ioctl for writing both page data and OOB to flash at the
same time. This ioctl is intended to be a generic interface that can
replace other ioctls (MEMWRITEOOB and MEMWRITEOOB64) and cover the
functionality of several other old ones, e.g., MEMWRITE can:
* write autoplaced OOB instead of using ECCGETLAYOUT (deprecated) and
working around the reserved areas
* write raw (no ECC) OOB instead of using MTDFILEMODE to set the
per-file-descriptor MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW
* write raw (no ECC) data instead of using MTDFILEMODE
(MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW) and using standard character device "write"
This ioctl is especially useful for MLC NAND, which cannot be written
twice (i.e., we cannot successfully write the page data and OOB in two
separate operations). Instead, MEMWRITE can write both in a single
operation.
Note that this ioctl is not affected by the MTD file mode (i.e.,
MTD_FILE_MODE_RAW vs. MTD_FILE_MODE_NORMAL), since it receives its write
mode as an input parameter.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The MT9P031 is a parallel 12-bit 5MP sensor from Aptina (formerly
Micron) controlled through I2C.
The driver creates a V4L2 subdevice. It currently supports skipping,
cropping, automatic binning, and gain, exposure, h/v flip and test
pattern controls.
Signed-off-by: Javier Martin <javier.martin@vista-silicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
drivers/media/video/omap3isp/isp.h is not a proper location for a header
that needs to be included from board code. Move the platform data
definitions to media/omap3isp.h.
Board code still needs to include isp.h to get the struct isp_device
definition and access OMAP3 ISP platform callbacks. Those callbacks will
be replaced by more generic code.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Acked-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
These modes hold their state only for the life of their file descriptor,
and they overlap functionality with the MTD_OPS_* modes. Particularly,
MTD_MODE_RAW and MTD_OPS_RAW cover the same function: to provide raw
(i.e., without ECC) access to the flash. In fact, although it may not be
clear, MTD_MODE_RAW implied that operations should enable the
MTD_OPS_RAW mode.
Thus, we should be specific on what each mode means. This is a start,
where MTD_FILE_MODE_* actually represents a "file mode," not necessarily
a true global MTD mode.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
These modes are not necessarily for OOB only. Particularly, MTD_OOB_RAW
affected operations on in-band page data as well. To clarify these
options and to emphasize that their effect is applied per-operation, we
change the primary prefix to MTD_OPS_.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
We will want to use the MTD_OOB_{PLACE,AUTO,RAW} modes in user-space
applications through the introduction of new ioctls, so we should make
this enum a shared type.
This enum is now anonymous.
Artem: tweaked the patch.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This fixes issues with `nanddump -n' and the MEMREADOOB[64] ioctls on
hardware that performs error correction when reading only OOB data. A
driver for such hardware needs to know when we're doing a RAW vs. a
normal write, but mtd_do_read_oob does not pass such information to the
lower layers (e.g., NAND). We should pass MTD_OOB_RAW or MTD_OOB_PLACE
based on the MTD file mode.
For now, most drivers can get away with just setting:
chip->ecc.read_oob_raw = chip->ecc.read_oob
This is done by default; but for systems that behave as described above,
you must supply your own replacement function.
This was tested with nandsim as well as on actual SLC NAND.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
This fixes issues with `nandwrite -n -o' and the MEMWRITEOOB[64] ioctls
on hardware that writes ECC when writing OOB. The problem arises as
follows: `nandwrite -n' can write page data to flash without applying
ECC, but when used with the `-o' option, ECC is applied (incorrectly),
contrary to the `--noecc' option.
I found that this is the case because my hardware computes and writes
ECC data to flash upon either OOB write or page write. Thus, to support
a proper "no ECC" write, my driver must know when we're performing a raw
OOB write vs. a normal ECC OOB write. However, MTD does not pass any raw
mode information to the write_oob functions. This patch addresses the
problems by:
1) Passing MTD_OOB_RAW down to lower layers, instead of just defaulting
to MTD_OOB_PLACE
2) Handling MTD_OOB_RAW within the NAND layer's `nand_do_write_oob'
3) Adding a new (replaceable) function pointer in struct ecc_ctrl; this
function should support writing OOB without ECC data. Current
hardware often can use the same OOB write function when writing
either with or without ECC
This was tested with nandsim as well as on actual SLC NAND.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Cc: Jim Quinlan <jim2101024@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
MEMSETOOBSEL is completely unused and useless. Remove the definition.
Note: it's probably best not to use this ioctl number in the future for
MTD, since that may cause conflicts between old kernels and new user
software (or new kernels and old user software).
Artem: leave a comment about MEMSETOOBSEL.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <artem.bityutskiy@intel.com>
The set_parts and priv members of struct platform_nand_chip where
removed in commit c36a6ef3845262ade529afb9f458738b1f196f83 but the
kerneldoc wasn't updated.
Signed-off-by: Tobias Klauser <tklauser@distanz.ch>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
mtd_device_register() is a limited version of mtd_device_parse_register.
Replace it with macro calling mtd_device_parse_register().
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
There is no need to pollute public header with a definition private
to mtdpart.c. Move it from mtd/partitions.h to mtdpart.c
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
There is no need to export parse_mtd_partitions() now , as it's fully handled
by registration functions. So move the definition to private header and
remove respective EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
There are two different 4KiB pagesize chips
KFM4G16Q4M series have NOP 4 with version ID 0x0131
But KFM4G16Q5M has NOP 1 with versoin ID 0x013e
Note that Q5M means that it has NOP 1.
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
All users have been converted to call of_mtd_parse_partitions through
parse_mtd_partitions() multiplexer. Drop obsolete API.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Prepare to convert of_mtd_parse_partitions() to usual partitions parser:
1) Register ofpart parser
2) Internally don't use passed device for error printing
3) Add device_node to mtd_part_parser_data struct
4) Move of_mtd_parse_partitions from __devinit to common text section
5) add ofpart to the default list of partition parsers
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Encapsulate last MTD partition parser argument into a separate
structure. Currently it holds only 'origin' field for RedBoot parser,
but will be extended in future to contain at least device_node for OF
devices.
Amended commentary to make kerneldoc happy
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <dedekind1@gmail.com>
Lots (nearly all) mtd drivers contain nearly the similar code that
calls parse_mtd_partitions, provides some platform-default values, if
parsing fails, and registers mtd device.
This is an aim to provide single implementation of this scenario:
mtd_device_parse_register() which will handle all this parsing and
defaults.
Artem: amended comments
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Drop now unused set_parts from struct platform_nand_data. Also, while we are
at it, drop long unused priv field from platform_nand_data.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Add support for MTDPART_OFS_RETAIN: such partitions start at the current
offset, take as much space as possible, but rain part->size bytes after
the end of the partitions for other parts. Primarily this is intended
for ts72xx arm platforms cleanup.
Artem: tweaked the patch a bit
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
This function is unused now. Drop it.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
physmap_configure() and physmap_set_partitions() have no users in kernel.
Out of kernel users should have been converted to regular platform device
long ago. Drop support for this obsolete API.
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Eremin-Solenikov <dbaryshkov@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
In an attempt to improve the documentation of the BBT code, I am expanding
the comments I left in commit:
58373ff0af
mtd: nand: more BB Detection refactoring and dynamic scan options
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
After several steps of rearrangement and consolidation, it is probably
worth re-sequencing the numbers on some of our affected flags in nand.h
and bbm.h.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
According to our new prefix rules, we should rename NAND_CREATE_EMPTY_BBT
with a NAND_BBT prefix, i.e., NAND_BBT_CREATE_EMPTY.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
The NAND_CREATE_EMPTY_BBT flag was added by commit:
453281a973
mtd: nand: introduce NAND_CREATE_EMPTY_BBT
This flag is not used within the kernel and not explained well, so I
took the liberty to edit its comments.
Also, this is a BBT-related flag (and closely tied with NAND_BBT_CREATE)
so I'm moving it to bbm.h next to NAND_BBT_CREATE, thus requiring that
we use the flag in nand_chip.bbt_options, *not* in nand_chip.options.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
Recall the recently added prefix requirements:
* "NAND_" for flags in nand.h, used in nand_chip.options
* "NAND_BBT_" for flags in bbm.h, used in nand_chip.bbt_options
or in nand_bbt_descr.options
Thus, I am changing NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT to NAND_BBT_USE_FLASH.
Again, this flag is found in bbm.h and so should NOT be used in the
"nand_chip.options" field.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
This patch works with the following three flags from two headers (nand.h
and bbm.h):
(1) NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT (nand.h)
(2) NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT_NO_OOB (nand.h)
(3) NAND_BBT_NO_OOB (bbm.h)
These flags are all related and interdependent, yet they were in
different headers. Flag (2) is simply the combination of (1) and (3) and
can be eliminated.
This patch accomplishes the following:
* eliminate NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT_NO_OOB (i.e., flag (2))
* move NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT (i.e., flag (1)) to bbm.h
It's important to note that because (1) and (3) are now both found in
bbm.h, they should NOT be used in the "nand_chip.options" field.
I removed a small section from the mtdnand DocBook because it referes to
NAND_USE_FLASH_BBT in nand.h, which has been moved to bbm.h.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
This patch handles the problems we've been having with using conflicting
flags from nand.h and bbm.h in the same nand_chip.options field. We
should try to separate these two spaces a little more clearly, and so I
have added a bbt_options field to nand_chip.
Important notes about nand_chip fields:
* bbt_options field should contain ONLY flags from bbm.h. They should be
able to pass safely to a nand_bbt_descr data structure.
- BBT option flags start with the "NAND_BBT_" prefix.
* options field should contian ONLY flags from nand.h. Ideally, they
should not be involved in any BBT related options.
- NAND chip option flags start with the "NAND_" prefix.
* Every flag should have a nice comment explaining what the flag is. While
this is not yet the case on all existing flags, please be sure to write
one for new flags. Even better, you can help document the code better
yourself!
Please try to follow these conventions to make everyone's lives easier.
Among the flags that are being moved to the new bbt_options field
throughout various drivers, etc. are:
* NAND_BBT_SCANLASTPAGE
* NAND_BBT_SCAN2NDPAGE
and there will be more to come.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
This patch reverts most of:
commit 58373ff0af
mtd: nand: more BB Detection refactoring and dynamic scan options
According to the discussion at:
http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-mtd/2011-May/035696.html
the NAND_BBT_SCANBYTE1AND6 flag, although technically valid, can break
some existing ECC layouts that use the 6th byte in the OOB for ECC data.
Furthermore, we apparently do not need to scan both bytes 1 and 6 in
the OOB region of the devices under consideration; instead, we only need
to scan one or the other.
Thus, the NAND_BBT_SCANBYTE1AND6 flag is at best unnecessary and at
worst a regression.
Signed-off-by: Brian Norris <computersforpeace@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Artem Bityutskiy <Artem.Bityutskiy@nokia.com>
The module is a bridge between the RTC clock domain and the CPU interface
clock domain. ARM access the register of SYSRTC, GPSRTC and PWRC through
this module.
Signed-off-by: Zhiwu Song <zhiwu.song@csr.com>
Signed-off-by: Barry Song <Baohua.Song@csr.com>
Reviewed-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
This patch adds some tracepoints in ext4/extents.c and updates a tracepoint in
ext4/inode.c.
Tested: Built and ran the kernel and verified that these tracepoints work.
Also ran xfstests.
Signed-off-by: Aditya Kali <adityakali@google.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Add the externally visible interface introduced by Lars-Peter's commit
6f3064 (regmap: Add support for device specific write and read flag
masks) separately in order to allow merge into other subsystems for
integration with drivers. Drivers relying on this feature will not be
functional until they are merged with the implementation.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The OMAP wrapper allows us to either control internal
OTG signals via SW or HW. Different boards might wish
to use one or the other mode of operation. Let's have
have that information passed via platform_data for now.
After DT conversion is finished for OMAP, we can easily
convert this to a DT attribute.
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning about internal/private data by marking it
as "private:" so that kernel-doc will ignore it.
Warning(include/linux/regulator/consumer.h:128): No description found for parameter 'ret'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Fix kernel-doc warning in net/cfg80211.h:
Warning(include/net/cfg80211.h:1884): No description found for parameter 'registered'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
David reported:
Attached below is a watered-down version of rt/tst-cpuclock2.c from
GLIBC. Just build it with "gcc -o test test.c -lpthread -lrt" or
similar.
Run it several times, and you will see cases where the main thread
will measure a process clock difference before and after the nanosleep
which is smaller than the cpu-burner thread's individual thread clock
difference. This doesn't make any sense since the cpu-burner thread
is part of the top-level process's thread group.
I've reproduced this on both x86-64 and sparc64 (using both 32-bit and
64-bit binaries).
For example:
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$ ./test
process: before(0.001221967) after(0.498624371) diff(497402404)
thread: before(0.000081692) after(0.498316431) diff(498234739)
self: before(0.001223521) after(0.001240219) diff(16698)
[davem@boricha build-x86_64-linux]$
The diff of 'process' should always be >= the diff of 'thread'.
I make sure to wrap the 'thread' clock measurements the most tightly
around the nanosleep() call, and that the 'process' clock measurements
are the outer-most ones.
---
#include <unistd.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <time.h>
#include <fcntl.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <errno.h>
#include <pthread.h>
static pthread_barrier_t barrier;
static void *chew_cpu(void *arg)
{
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
while (1)
__asm__ __volatile__("" : : : "memory");
return NULL;
}
int main(void)
{
clockid_t process_clock, my_thread_clock, th_clock;
struct timespec process_before, process_after;
struct timespec me_before, me_after;
struct timespec th_before, th_after;
struct timespec sleeptime;
unsigned long diff;
pthread_t th;
int err;
err = clock_getcpuclockid(0, &process_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(pthread_self(), &my_thread_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_init(&barrier, NULL, 2);
err = pthread_create(&th, NULL, chew_cpu, NULL);
if (err)
return 1;
err = pthread_getcpuclockid(th, &th_clock);
if (err)
return 1;
pthread_barrier_wait(&barrier);
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_before);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_before);
if (err)
return 1;
sleeptime.tv_sec = 0;
sleeptime.tv_nsec = 500000000;
nanosleep(&sleeptime, NULL);
err = clock_gettime(th_clock, &th_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(my_thread_clock, &me_after);
if (err)
return 1;
err = clock_gettime(process_clock, &process_after);
if (err)
return 1;
diff = process_after.tv_nsec - process_before.tv_nsec;
printf("process: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
process_before.tv_sec, process_before.tv_nsec,
process_after.tv_sec, process_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = th_after.tv_nsec - th_before.tv_nsec;
printf("thread: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
th_before.tv_sec, th_before.tv_nsec,
th_after.tv_sec, th_after.tv_nsec, diff);
diff = me_after.tv_nsec - me_before.tv_nsec;
printf("self: before(%lu.%.9lu) after(%lu.%.9lu) diff(%lu)\n",
me_before.tv_sec, me_before.tv_nsec,
me_after.tv_sec, me_after.tv_nsec, diff);
return 0;
}
This is due to us using p->se.sum_exec_runtime in
thread_group_cputime() where we iterate the thread group and sum all
data. This does not take time since the last schedule operation (tick
or otherwise) into account. We can cure this by using
task_sched_runtime() at the cost of having to take locks.
This also means we can (and must) do away with
thread_group_sched_runtime() since the modified thread_group_cputime()
is now more accurate and would deadlock when called from
thread_group_sched_runtime().
Reported-by: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1314874459.7945.22.camel@twins
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
There is at least one architecture (s390) with a sane clockevent device
that can be programmed with the equivalent of a ktime. No need to create
a delta against the current time, the ktime can be used directly.
A new clock device function 'set_next_ktime' is introduced that is called
with the unmodified ktime for the timer if the clock event device has the
CLOCK_EVT_FEAT_KTIME bit set.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: john stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110823133142.815350967@de.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
The automatic increase of the min_delta_ns of a clockevents device
should be done in the clockevents code as the minimum delay is an
attribute of the clockevents device.
In addition not all architectures want the automatic adjustment, on a
massively virtualized system it can happen that the programming of a
clock event fails several times in a row because the virtual cpu has
been rescheduled quickly enough. In that case the minimum delay will
erroneously be increased with no way back. The new config symbol
GENERIC_CLOCKEVENTS_MIN_ADJUST is used to enable the automatic
adjustment. The config option is selected only for x86.
Signed-off-by: Martin Schwidefsky <schwidefsky@de.ibm.com>
Cc: john stultz <johnstul@us.ibm.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110823133142.494157493@de.ibm.com
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Get rid of semicolon so that those expressions can be used also
somewhere else than just in an assignment.
Signed-off-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Dave Jones <davej@redhat.com>
Cc: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/7565417ce30d7e6b1ddc169843af0777dbf66e75.1314172057.git.mhocko@suse.cz
Signed-off-by: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
* 'perf-fixes-for-linus' of git://tesla.tglx.de/git/linux-2.6-tip:
x86, perf: Check that current->mm is alive before getting user callchain
perf_event: Fix broken calc_timer_values()
perf events: Fix slow and broken cgroup context switch code
Add a top level media device driver aggregating FIMC video devnodes,
MIPI-CSIS and sensor subdevs. This driver gathers all media entities
and creates the possible links between them during initialization. By
default some links will be activated to enable access to all available
sensors in the system. For example if there are sensors S0, S1 listed
in the media device platform data definition they will be by default
assigned to FIMC0, FIMC1 respectively, which in turn will corresponds
to separate /dev/video?.
There is enough FIMC H/W entities to cover all available physical camera
interfaces in the system.
The fimc media device driver is bound to the "s5p-fimc-md" platform device.
Such platform device should be created by board initialization code
and camera sensors description array need to be specified as its
platform data.
The media device driver also implements various video pipeline operations,
for enabling subdevs power, streaming, etc., which will be used by the
capture video node driver.
Signed-off-by: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This patch changes the order of operations during stream on call. Now the
buffers are first queued to the driver and then the start_streaming method
is called.
This resolves the most common case when the driver needs to know buffer
addresses to enable dma engine and start streaming. Additional parameter
to start_streaming method have been added to simplify drivers code. The
driver are now obliged to check if the number of queued buffers is high
enough to enable hardware streaming. If not - it can return an error. In
such case all the buffers that have been pre-queued are invalidated.
This patch also updates all videobuf2 clients to work properly with the
changed order of operations.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
CC: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
CC: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
CC: Tomasz Stanislawski <t.stanislaws@samsung.com>
CC: Sylwester Nawrocki <s.nawrocki@samsung.com>
CC: Kamil Debski <k.debski@samsung.com>
CC: Jonathan Corbet <corbet@lwn.net>
CC: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
CC: Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
CC: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Tested-by: Josh Wu <josh.wu@atmel.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Use the correct 'dma_addr' name for the buffer address. 'paddr' suggested
that this is the physical address in system memory. For most ARM platforms
these two are the same, but this is not a generic rule. 'dma_addr' will
also point better to dma-mapping api.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
Acked-by: Guennadi Liakhovetski <g.liakhovetski@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Plane sizes array was declared as unsigned long[], while unsigned int is
more than enough for storing size of the video buffer. This patch reduces
the size of the array by definiting it as unsigned int[].
Reported-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
MAPPED flag was set for the buffer only if all it's planes were mapped and
relied on a simple mapping counter. This assumption is really bogus,
especially because the buffers may be mapped multiple times. Also the
meaning of this flag for muliplane buffers was not really useful. This
patch fixes this issue by setting the MAPPED flag for the buffer if any of
it's planes is in use (what means that has been mapped at least once), so
MAPPED flag can be used as 'in_use' indicator.
Reported-by: Hans Verkuil <hverkuil@xs4all.nl>
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
Tested-by: Hans Verkuil <hans.verkuil@cisco.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Videobuf2 accepted any userptr buffer without verifying if its size is
large enough to store the video data from the driver. The driver reports
the minimal size of video data once in queue_setup and expects that
videobuf2 provides buffers that match these requirements. This patch
adds the required check.
Reported-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
CC: Pawel Osciak <pawel@osciak.com>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
This needs to be an out of band value for the register and on this device
registers are 16 bit so we must shift left one to the 17th bit.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Cc: stable@kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Some of the flags are OS/arch dependent we add a 9p
protocol value which maps to asm-generic/fcntl.h values in Linux
Based on the original patch from Venkateswararao Jujjuri <jvrao@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Aneesh Kumar K.V <aneesh.kumar@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
This bumps driver major version as a result of previous incompatible
interface changes.
In addition, a leftover command definition is removed from the
vmwgfx_drm.h header.
Also a strict version check is enforced on the exebuf ioctl.
This is intended to be the last major bump before exiting staging.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Will be needed for queries and drm event-driven throttling.
As a benefit, they help avoid stale user-space fence handles.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This is needed before we introduce the fence objects.
Otherwise this will be even more confusing. The plan is to use the following:
seqno: A 32-bit sequence number that may be passed in the fifo.
marker: Objects, carrying a seqno, that track fifo submission time. They
are used for fifo lag based throttling.
fence objects: Kernel space objects, possibly accessible from user-space and
carrying a 32-bit seqno together with signaled status.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Since we don't allow user-space to map the fifo anymore,
add a parameter to get fifo hw version and
an ioctl to copy the 3D capabilities.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecranz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This was previously used by user-space to check whether a fence
sequence had passed or not.
With fence objects that's not needed anymore.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
It doesn't seem like its needed. If this turns out to be an incorrect
assumption, we can reinstate it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
It was only used for bringup debugging, and probably doesn't work
anymore. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Hellstrom <thellstrom@vmware.com>
Reviewed-by: Jakob Bornecrantz <jakob@vmware.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Some buses like SPI have no standard notation of read or write operations.
The general scheme here is to set or clear specific bits in the register
address to indicate whether the operation is a read or write. We already
support having a read flag mask per bus, but as there is no standard
the bits which need to be set or cleared differ between devices and vendors,
thus we need a mechanism to specify them per device.
This patch adds two new entries to the regmap_config struct, read_flag_mask and
write_flag_mask. These will be or'ed onto the top byte when doing a read or
write operation. If both masks are empty the device will fallback to the
regmap_bus masks.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
No longer used as users link directly with the bus types so the core
module infrastructure does refcounting for us.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This silences some Sparse warnings:
fs/jbd2/transaction.c:135:69: warning: incorrect type in argument 2 (different base types)
fs/jbd2/transaction.c:135:69: expected restricted gfp_t [usertype] flags
fs/jbd2/transaction.c:135:69: got int [signed] gfp_mask
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <error27@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Macros coded with if statements should be do { if... } while (0)
so the macros can be used in other if tests.
Use ##__VA_ARGS__ for variadic macro as well.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Standardize the mechanisms to emit logging messages.
A few other modules used an #include from saa7146,
convert those at the same time.
Add pr_fmt.
Convert printks to pr_<level>
Convert printks without KERN_<level> to appropriate pr_<level>.
Convert logging macros requiring multiple parentheses to normal style.
Removed embedded prefixes when pr_fmt was added.
Whitespace cleanups when around other conversions.
Use printf extension %pM to print mac address.
Coalesce format strings.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Michael Hunold <michael@mihu.de>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The new DRM_RADEON_GEM_WAIT ioctl combines GEM_WAIT_IDLE and GEM_BUSY (there
is a NO_WAIT flag to get the latter) with USAGE_READ and USAGE_WRITE flags
to take advantage of the new ttm_bo_wait changes.
Also bump the DRM version.
Signed-off-by: Marek Olšák <maraeo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
Sometimes we want to know whether a buffer is busy and wait for it (bo_wait).
However, sometimes it would be more useful to be able to query whether
a buffer is busy and being either read or written, and wait until it's stopped
being either read or written. The point of this is to be able to avoid
unnecessary waiting, e.g. if a GPU has written something to a buffer and is now
reading that buffer, and a CPU wants to map that buffer for read, it needs to
only wait for the last write. If there were no write, there wouldn't be any
waiting needed.
This, or course, requires user space drivers to send read/write flags
with each relocation (like we have read/write domains in radeon, so we can
actually use those for something useful now).
Now how this patch works:
The read/write flags should passed to ttm_validate_buffer. TTM maintains
separate sync objects of the last read and write for each buffer, in addition
to the sync object of the last use of a buffer. ttm_bo_wait then operates
with one the sync objects.
Signed-off-by: Marek Olšák <maraeo@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jerome Glisse <jglisse@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
This doesn't make much sense, and it exposes a bug in the kernel where
attempts to create a new file in an append-only directory using
O_CREAT will fail (but still leave a zero-length file). This was
discovered when xfstests #79 was generalized so it could run on all
file systems.
Signed-off-by: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Cc:stable@kernel.org
Similarly to PLLs/FLLs some modern CODECs provide selectable system clock
sources. When the clock is the clock for a DAI we do not usually need to
identify which clock is being configured so can use clk_id for the source
clock but with CODEC wide system clocks we will need to specify both the
clock being configured and the source.
Add a source argument to the CODEC driver set_sysclk() operation to
reflect this. As this operation is not as widely used as the DAI
set_sysclk() operation the change is not very invasive. We probably
ought to go and make the same alternation for DAIs at some point.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Devices that need this exist; obviously the newer regmap defaults
mechanism will deal with this more happily.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Save inode->dirtied_when in the raw trace output for reliable scripting,
and to also show in formatted output the relative age in seconds for
easy human reading.
CC: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@infradead.org>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Allow transparent sockets to be less restrictive about
the source ip of ipv6 udp packets being sent.
Google-Bug-Id: 5018138
Signed-off-by: Maciej Żenczykowski <maze@google.com>
CC: "Erik Kline" <ek@google.com>
CC: "Lorenzo Colitti" <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Some device handler types are not tied to the vendor/model
but rather to a specific capability. Eg ALUA is supported
if the 'TPGS' setting in the standard inquiry is set.
This patch implements a 'match' callback for device handler
which supersedes the original vendor/model lookup and
implements the callback for the ALUA handler.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Instead of issuing a standard inquiry from within the
alua device handler we can evaluate the TPGS setting from
the existing inquiry data of the sdev and save us the I/O.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Reinecke <hare@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The stats file under per_cpu folder provides the number of entries,
overruns and other statistics about the CPU ring buffer. However, the
numbers do not provide any indication of how full the ring buffer is in
bytes compared to the overall size in bytes. Also, it is helpful to know
the rate at which the cpu buffer is filling up.
This patch adds an entry "bytes: " in printed stats for per_cpu ring
buffer which provides the actual bytes consumed in the ring buffer. This
field includes the number of bytes used by recorded events and the
padding bytes added when moving the tail pointer to next page.
It also adds the following time stamps:
"oldest event ts:" - the oldest timestamp in the ring buffer
"now ts:" - the timestamp at the time of reading
The field "now ts" provides a consistent time snapshot to the userspace
when being read. This is read from the same trace clock used by tracing
event timestamps.
Together, these values provide the rate at which the buffer is filling
up, from the formula:
bytes / (now_ts - oldest_event_ts)
Signed-off-by: Vaibhav Nagarnaik <vnagarnaik@google.com>
Cc: Michael Rubin <mrubin@google.com>
Cc: David Sharp <dhsharp@google.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1313531179-9323-3-git-send-email-vnagarnaik@google.com
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (42 commits)
netpoll: fix incorrect access to skb data in __netpoll_rx
cassini: init before use in cas_interruptN.
can: ti_hecc: Fix uninitialized spinlock in probe
can: ti_hecc: Fix unintialized variable
net: sh_eth: fix the compile error
net/phy: fix DP83865 phy interrupt handler
sendmmsg/sendmsg: fix unsafe user pointer access
ibmveth: Fix leak when recycling skb and hypervisor returns error
arp: fix rcu lockdep splat in arp_process()
bridge: fix a possible use after free
bridge: Pseudo-header required for the checksum of ICMPv6
mcast: Fix source address selection for multicast listener report
MAINTAINERS: Update GIT trees for network development
ath9k: Fix PS wrappers in ath9k_set_coverage_class
carl9170: Fix mismatch in carl9170_op_set_key mutex lock-unlock
wl12xx: add max_sched_scan_ssids value to the hw description
wl12xx: Fix validation of pm_runtime_get_sync return value
wl12xx: Remove obsolete testmode NVS push command
bcma: add uevent to the bus, to autoload drivers
ath9k_hw: Fix STA (AR9485) bringup issue due to incorrect MAC address
...
The ccdc block in the omap3isp produces events whenever it starts receiving
a new frame. A private HS_VS event was used for this previously. Now, the
generic V4L2_EVENT_FRAME_SYNC event is being used for the purpose.
This patch also provides the frame sequence number to user space.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
Define a frame sync event to tell user space when the reception of a frame
starts.
Signed-off-by: Sakari Ailus <sakari.ailus@iki.fi>
Acked-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Signed-off-by: Mauro Carvalho Chehab <mchehab@redhat.com>
The current cgroup context switch code was incorrect leading
to bogus counts. Furthermore, as soon as there was an active
cgroup event on a CPU, the context switch cost on that CPU
would increase by a significant amount as demonstrated by a
simple ping/pong example:
$ ./pong
Both processes pinned to CPU1, running for 10s
10684.51 ctxsw/s
Now start a cgroup perf stat:
$ perf stat -e cycles,cycles -A -a -G test -C 1 -- sleep 100
$ ./pong
Both processes pinned to CPU1, running for 10s
6674.61 ctxsw/s
That's a 37% penalty.
Note that pong is not even in the monitored cgroup.
The results shown by perf stat are bogus:
$ perf stat -e cycles,cycles -A -a -G test -C 1 -- sleep 100
Performance counter stats for 'sleep 100':
CPU1 <not counted> cycles test
CPU1 16,984,189,138 cycles # 0.000 GHz
The second 'cycles' event should report a count @ CPU clock
(here 2.4GHz) as it is counting across all cgroups.
The patch below fixes the bogus accounting and bypasses any
cgroup switches in case the outgoing and incoming tasks are
in the same cgroup.
With this patch the same test now yields:
$ ./pong
Both processes pinned to CPU1, running for 10s
10775.30 ctxsw/s
Start perf stat with cgroup:
$ perf stat -e cycles,cycles -A -a -G test -C 1 -- sleep 10
Run pong outside the cgroup:
$ /pong
Both processes pinned to CPU1, running for 10s
10687.80 ctxsw/s
The penalty is now less than 2%.
And the results for perf stat are correct:
$ perf stat -e cycles,cycles -A -a -G test -C 1 -- sleep 10
Performance counter stats for 'sleep 10':
CPU1 <not counted> cycles test # 0.000 GHz
CPU1 23,933,981,448 cycles # 0.000 GHz
Now perf stat reports the correct counts for
for the non cgroup event.
If we run pong inside the cgroup, then we also get the
correct counts:
$ perf stat -e cycles,cycles -A -a -G test -C 1 -- sleep 10
Performance counter stats for 'sleep 10':
CPU1 22,297,726,205 cycles test # 0.000 GHz
CPU1 23,933,981,448 cycles # 0.000 GHz
10.001457237 seconds time elapsed
Signed-off-by: Stephane Eranian <eranian@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110825135803.GA4697@quad
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
This patch allows the user to set an "alias" of the disk via sysfs interface.
This patch only adds a new attribute "alias" in gendisk structure.
To show the alias instead of the device name in kernel messages,
we need to revise printk messages and use alias_name() in them.
Example:
(current) printk("disk name is %s\n", disk->disk_name);
(new) printk("disk name is %s\n", alias_name(disk));
Users can use alphabets, numbers, '-' and '_' in "alias" attribute. A disk can
have an "alias" which length is up to 255 bytes. This attribute is write-once.
Suggested-by: James Bottomley <James.Bottomley@HansenPartnership.com>
Suggested-by: Jon Masters <jcm@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Nao Nishijima <nao.nishijima.xt@hitachi.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The problem is that if we are doing a scsi scan then the device goes
into recovery then we will wait for the recovery to complete. It waits
because scsi-ml will send inquiries or report luns and the queueing code
will have been blocked due to the host not being ready. However, if we
are in recovery and then a scan is started the scan will silently fail
and some devices will not be added.
It is easy to hit the problem where devices do not show up with
FC where we are doing tests that disrupt the target controllers.
When the controller is disruprted (reboot, or setting firmware, etc),
and we cause the dev loss tmo to fire then devices will be removed
Then when the problem has been fixed, the rport will be scanned and
devices should be added back. But if we cause another disruption before
scanning has started then devices will not get added back. If the problem
is not started until the scan is started then the devices will be added
back.
This patch fixes that problem by not failing scans when the host
is in recovery. We will let scsi-ml send the IO and let the queueing
and scsi error handling deal with it like is done if we went into
recovery while scanning.
For recovery cases where the host is being torn down then with the
patch we will still fail the scan since there is not point in scanning.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
bnx2fc driver calls netdev->netdev_ops->ndo_fcoe_get_wwn() and it may not
be defined with the current Kconfig dependencies. ndo_fcoe_get_wwn is
dependent on CONFIG_FCOE, but bnx2fc does not select CONFIG_FCOE, as it does
not depend on fcoe driver. Since both fcoe and bnx2fc drivers select
CONFIG_LIBFCOE, define NETDEV_FCOE_WWNN and NETDEV_FCOE_WWPN when
CONFIG_LIBFCOE is defined.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Bhanu Prakash Gollapudi <bprakash@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Michael Chan <mchan@broadcom.com>
Reviewed-by: Yi Zou <yi.zou@intel.com>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Added new sysfs attr 'host_reset' in scsi_sysfs.c to
perform adapter or firmware reset as suggested by
Mike Christie here:
http://marc.info/?l=linux-scsi&m=127359347111167&w=2
user/application can write "adapter" or "firmware" on
this attr and it will call newly added function hook
in scsi_host_template to call LDD adapter or firmware
reset implementation.
Signed-off-by: Vikas Chaudhary <vikas.chaudhary@qlogic.com>
Reviewed-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Offload drivers like qla4xxx will offload the sending of the login/logout
pdus still, so this patch adds iscsi_conn_login_event which is
used by these types of drivers to notify userspace that the connection
has changed state.
It also adds a iscsi_is_session_online helper so the lld
can query the sessions state field.
Signed-off-by: Manish Rangankar <manish.rangankar@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Lalit Chandivade <lalit.chandivade@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
This patch adds bsg support to the iscsi class. There is only
1 request, the host vendor one, supported. It is expected that
this would be used for things like flash updates.
This patch is made over this one
http://marc.info/?l=linux-scsi&m=131149780020992&w=2
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Add support to set vlan priority and enable/disble a vlan.
Patch based on code from Vikas Chaudhary.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The iscsi class currently does not support writable sysfs
attrs for LLD sysfs settings. This patch converts the
iscsi class and driver's host attrs to use the attribute
container sysfs group and the sysfs group's is_visible callout
to be able to support readable or writable sysfs attrs.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
We can replace the iface param mask with the
attr_is_visible callback.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The iscsi class currently does not support writable sysfs
attrs for LLD sysfs settings. This patch converts the
iscsi class and driver's session attrs to use the attribute
container sysfs group and the sysfs group's is_visible callout
to be able to support readable or writable sysfs attrs.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The iscsi class currently does not support writable sysfs
attrs for LLD sysfs settings. This patch converts the
iscsi class and drivers to use the attribute container
sysfs group and the sysfs group's is_visible callout
to be able to support readable or writable sysfs attrs.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
A iscsi host can have multiple interfaces. This patch
adds a new iface iscsi class for this. It exports the
network settings now, and will be extended to also
export iscsi initiator port settings like the isid
and initiator name for drivers that can support multiple
initiator ports.
Based on patch from Lalit Chandivade.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Allows user space (iscsiadm) to send down network configuration
parameters for LLD to set private network configuration on the iSCSI
adapters.
Based on patch from Lalit Chandivade.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Export fcoe_get_wwn, fcoe_validate_vport_create and fcoe_wwn_to_str so that all
LLDs can use these common function.
Signed-off-by: Bhanu Prakash Gollapudi <bprakash@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
Now that isci has added a 3rd open coded user of this functionality just
share the libsas version.
Acked-by: Jack Wang <jack_wang@usish.com>
Signed-off-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: James Bottomley <JBottomley@Parallels.com>
The nfsservctl system call is now gone, so we should remove all
linkage for it.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'tty-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/gregkh/tty-2.6:
omap-serial: Allow IXON and IXOFF to be disabled.
TTY: serial, document ignoring of uart->ops->startup error
TTY: pty, fix pty counting
8250: Fix race condition in serial8250_backup_timeout().
serial/8250_pci: delete duplicate data definition
8250_pci: add support for Rosewill RC-305 4x serial port card
tty: Add "spi:" prefix for spi modalias
atmel_serial: fix atmel_default_console_device
serial: 8250_pnp: add Intermec CV60 touchscreen device
drivers/serial/ucc_uart.c: Fix compiler warning
pch_uart: Set PCIe bus number using probe parameter
serial: samsung: Fix build error
compared to the most powerful and already existing helper (namely
platform_device_register_resndata) this allows to specify a dma_mask.
To make eventual extensions later more easy, a struct holding the used
information is created instead of passing the information by function
parameters.
Signed-off-by: Uwe Kleine-König <u.kleine-koenig@pengutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
structs introduced in tpacket_v3 implementation are prefixed with 'tpacket'
to avoid namespace collision.
Compile tested.
Signed-off-by: Chetan Loke <loke.chetan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
<linux/can/bcm.h> uses type canid_t, defined in <linux/can.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Oliver Hartkopp <socketcan@hartkopp.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various headers use union nf_inet_addr, defined in <linux/netfilter.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Various headers use INT_MIN and INT_MAX, which are defined for
userland in <limits.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
<linux/tipc_config.h> defines inline functions using ntohs() etc.
For userland these are defined in <arpa/inet.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These types are guaranteed to be defined by <linux/types.h> for
both userland and kernel, unlike u_intN_t.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Patrick McHardy <kaber@trash.net>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Complete the work started with commit
6602a4baf4 ('net: Make userland include
of netlink.h more sane').
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
<linux/types.h> defines __kernel_pid_t for userland; pid_t is
defined elsewhere (and potentially differently).
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
These headers use the ax25_address type defined in <linux/ax25.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
<linux/if_ppox.h> uses ETH_ALEN, defined in <linux/if_ether.h>.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <ben@decadent.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
I will suck out stuff to userspace to start the regulatory
revampamp, this work will be permissively licensed.
Signed-off-by: Luis R. Rodriguez <mcgrof@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add uapsd_queues and max_sp fields to ieee80211_sta.
These fields might be needed by low-level drivers in
order to configure the AP.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add new NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME nested attribute that contains
wme params needed by the low-level driver (uapsd_queues and
max_sp).
Add these params to the station_parameters struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Eliad Peller <eliad@wizery.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We need a callback to do some things after pwm_enable, pwm_disable
and pwm_config.
Signed-off-by: Dilan Lee <dilee@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Robert Morell <rmorell@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Arun Murthy <arun.murthy@stericsson.com>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Replace/remove use of RIO v.1.2 registers/bits that are not
forward-compatible with newer versions of RapidIO specification.
RapidIO specification v.1.3 removed Write Port CSR, Doorbell CSR,
Mailbox CSR and Mailbox and Doorbell bits of the PEF CAR.
Use of removed (since RIO v.1.3) register bits affects users of
currently available 1.3 and 2.x compliant devices who may use not so
recent kernel versions.
Removing checks for unsupported bits makes corresponding routines
compatible with all versions of RapidIO specification. Therefore,
backporting makes stable kernel versions compliant with RIO v.1.3 and
later as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexandre Bounine <alexandre.bounine@idt.com>
Cc: Kumar Gala <galak@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Matt Porter <mporter@kernel.crashing.org>
Cc: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Cc: Thomas Moll <thomas.moll@sysgo.com>
Cc: Chul Kim <chul.kim@idt.com>
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Purely in-memory filesystems do not use the inode hash as the dcache
tells us if an entry already exists. As a result, they do not call
unlock_new_inode, and thus directory inodes do not get put into a
different lockdep class for i_sem.
We need the different lockdep classes, because the locking order for
i_mutex is different for directory inodes and regular inodes. Directory
inodes can do "readdir()", which takes i_mutex *before* possibly taking
mm->mmap_sem (due to a page fault while copying the directory entry to
user space).
In contrast, regular inodes can be mmap'ed, which takes mm->mmap_sem
before accessing i_mutex.
The two cases can never happen for the same inode, so no real deadlock
can occur, but without the different lockdep classes, lockdep cannot
understand that. As a result, if CONFIG_DEBUG_LOCK_ALLOC is set, this
can lead to false positives from lockdep like below:
find/645 is trying to acquire lock:
(&mm->mmap_sem){++++++}, at: [<ffffffff81109514>] might_fault+0x5c/0xac
but task is already holding lock:
(&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#15){+.+.+.}, at: [<ffffffff81149f34>]
vfs_readdir+0x5b/0xb4
which lock already depends on the new lock.
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
-> #1 (&sb->s_type->i_mutex_key#15){+.+.+.}:
[<ffffffff8108ac26>] lock_acquire+0xbf/0x103
[<ffffffff814db822>] __mutex_lock_common+0x4c/0x361
[<ffffffff814dbc46>] mutex_lock_nested+0x40/0x45
[<ffffffff811daa87>] hugetlbfs_file_mmap+0x82/0x110
[<ffffffff81111557>] mmap_region+0x258/0x432
[<ffffffff811119dd>] do_mmap_pgoff+0x2ac/0x306
[<ffffffff81111b4f>] sys_mmap_pgoff+0x118/0x16a
[<ffffffff8100c858>] sys_mmap+0x22/0x24
[<ffffffff814e3ec2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
-> #0 (&mm->mmap_sem){++++++}:
[<ffffffff8108a4bc>] __lock_acquire+0xa1a/0xcf7
[<ffffffff8108ac26>] lock_acquire+0xbf/0x103
[<ffffffff81109541>] might_fault+0x89/0xac
[<ffffffff81149cff>] filldir+0x6f/0xc7
[<ffffffff811586ea>] dcache_readdir+0x67/0x205
[<ffffffff81149f54>] vfs_readdir+0x7b/0xb4
[<ffffffff8114a073>] sys_getdents+0x7e/0xd1
[<ffffffff814e3ec2>] system_call_fastpath+0x16/0x1b
This patch moves the directory vs file lockdep annotation into a helper
function that can be called by in-memory filesystems and has hugetlbfs
call it.
Signed-off-by: Josh Boyer <jwboyer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* '3.1-rc-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/nab/target-pending: (21 commits)
target: Convert acl_node_lock to be IRQ-disabling
target: Make locking in transport_deregister_session() IRQ safe
tcm_fc: init/exit functions should not be protected by "#ifdef MODULE"
target: Print subpage too for unhandled MODE SENSE pages
iscsi-target: Fix iscsit_allocate_se_cmd_for_tmr failure path bugs
iscsi-target: Implement iSCSI target IPv6 address printing.
target: Fix task SGL chaining breakage with transport_allocate_data_tasks
target: Fix task count > 1 handling breakage and use max_sector page alignment
target: Add missing DATA_SG_IO transport_cmd_get_valid_sectors check
target: Fix SYNCHRONIZE_CACHE zero LBA + range breakage
target: Remove duplicate task completions in transport_emulate_control_cdb
target: Fix WRITE_SAME usage with transport_get_size
target: Add WRITE_SAME (10) parsing and refactor passthrough checks
target: Fix write payload exception handling with ->new_cmd_map
iscsi-target: forever loop bug in iscsit_attach_ooo_cmdsn()
iscsi-target: remove duplicate return
target: Convert target_core_rd.c to use use BUG_ON
iscsi-target: Fix leak on failure in iscsi_copy_param_list()
target: Use ERR_CAST inlined function
target: Make standard INQUIRY return 'not connected' for tpg_virt_lun0
...
This is going to be needed by some drivers that handle more than one
device, like all other bus types do, so prepare for that in advance
before the user/kernel api is used.
Cc: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Cc: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
In preparation for implementing vmbus aliases for auto-loading
Hyper-V drivers, define vmbus specific device ID.
Signed-off-by: K. Y. Srinivasan <kys@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Haiyang Zhang <haiyangz@microsoft.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
I ran into a couple of programs which broke with the new Linux 3.0
version. Some of those were binary only. I tried to use LD_PRELOAD to
work around it, but it was quite difficult and in one case impossible
because of a mix of 32bit and 64bit executables.
For example, all kind of management software from HP doesnt work, unless
we pretend to run a 2.6 kernel.
$ uname -a
Linux svivoipvnx001 3.0.0-08107-g97cd98f #1062 SMP Fri Aug 12 18:11:45 CEST 2011 i686 i686 i386 GNU/Linux
$ hpacucli ctrl all show
Error: No controllers detected.
$ rpm -qf /usr/sbin/hpacucli
hpacucli-8.75-12.0
Another notable case is that Python now reports "linux3" from
sys.platform(); which in turn can break things that were checking
sys.platform() == "linux2":
https://bugzilla.mozilla.org/show_bug.cgi?id=664564
It seems pretty clear to me though it's a bug in the apps that are using
'==' instead of .startswith(), but this allows us to unbreak broken
programs.
This patch adds a UNAME26 personality that makes the kernel report a
2.6.40+x version number instead. The x is the x in 3.x.
I know this is somewhat ugly, but I didn't find a better workaround, and
compatibility to existing programs is important.
Some programs also read /proc/sys/kernel/osrelease. This can be worked
around in user space with mount --bind (and a mount namespace)
To use:
wget ftp://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/ak/uname26/uname26.c
gcc -o uname26 uname26.c
./uname26 program
Signed-off-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
We need this helper to fix system stalls. The issue is that the rest
of the system TTYs wait for us to finish waiting. This wasn't an issue
with BKL. BKL used to unlock implicitly.
This is based on the Arnd suggestion.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
At least, on SPEAr platforms there is one peripheral, JPEG, which can be flow
controller for DMA transfer. Currently DMA controller driver didn't support
peripheral flow controller configurations.
This patch adds device_fc field in struct pl08x_channel_data, which will be used
only for slave transfers and is not used in case of mem2mem transfers.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Pl080 Manual says: "Bursts do not cross the 1KB address boundary"
We can program the controller to cross 1 KB boundary on a burst and controller
can take care of this boundary condition by itself.
Following is the discussion with ARM Technical Support Guys (David):
[Viresh] Manual says: "Bursts do not cross the 1KB address boundary"
What does that actually mean? As, Maximum size transferable with a single LLI is
4095 * 4 =16380 ~ 16KB. So, if we don't have src/dest address aligned to burst
size, we can't use this big of an LLI.
[David] There is a difference between bursts describing the total data
transferred by the DMA controller and AHB bursts. Bursts described by the
programmable parameters in the PL080 have no direct connection with the bursts
that are seen on the AHB bus.
The statement that "Bursts do not cross the 1KB address boundary" in the TRM is
referring to AHB bursts, where this limitation is a requirement of the AHB spec.
You can still issue bursts within the PL080 that are in excess of 1KB. The
PL080 will make sure that its bursts are broken down into legal AHB bursts which
will be formatted to ensure that no AHB burst crosses a 1KB boundary.
Based on above discussion, this patch removes all code related to 1 KB boundary
as we are not required to handle this in driver.
Signed-off-by: Viresh Kumar <viresh.kumar@st.com>
Acked-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
The generic PM domains framework currently doesn't work with devices
whose power.irq_safe flag is set, because runtime PM callbacks for
such devices are run with interrupts disabled and the callbacks
provided by the generic PM domains framework use domain mutexes
and may sleep. However, such devices very well may belong to
power domains on some systems, so the generic PM domains framework
should take them into account.
For this reason, modify the generic PM domains framework so that the
domain .power_off() and .power_on() callbacks are never executed for
a domain containing devices with power.irq_safe set, although the
.stop_device() and .start_device() callbacks are still run for them.
Additionally, introduce a flag allowing the creator of a
struct generic_pm_domain object to indicate that its .stop_device()
and .start_device() callbacks may be run in interrupt context
(might_sleep_if() triggers if that flag is not set and one of those
callbacks is run in interrupt context).
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Add a global notification chain that gets called upon changes to the
aggregated constraint value for any device.
The notification callbacks are passing the full constraint request data
in order for the callees to have access to it. The current use is for the
platform low-level code to access the target device of the constraint.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Implement the per-device PM QoS constraints by creating a device
PM QoS API, which calls the PM QoS constraints management core code.
The per-device latency constraints data strctures are stored
in the device dev_pm_info struct.
The device PM code calls the init and destroy of the per-device constraints
data struct in order to support the dynamic insertion and removal of the
devices in the system.
To minimize the data usage by the per-device constraints, the data struct
is only allocated at the first call to dev_pm_qos_add_request.
The data is later free'd when the device is removed from the system.
A global mutex protects the constraints users from the data being
allocated and free'd.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
In preparation for the per-device constratins support:
- rename update_target to pm_qos_update_target
- generalize and export pm_qos_update_target for usage by the upcoming
per-device latency constraints framework:
* operate on struct pm_qos_constraints for constraints management,
* introduce an 'action' parameter for constraints add/update/remove,
* the return value indicates if the aggregated constraint value has
changed,
- update the internal code to operate on struct pm_qos_constraints
- add a NULL pointer check in the API functions
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
In preparation for the per-device constratins support, re-organize
the data strctures:
- add a struct pm_qos_constraints which contains the constraints
related data
- update struct pm_qos_object contents to the PM QoS internal object
data. Add a pointer to struct pm_qos_constraints
- update the internal code to use the new data structs.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
- Misc fixes to improve code readability:
* rename struct pm_qos_request_list to struct pm_qos_request,
* rename pm_qos_req parameter to req in internal code,
consistenly use req in the API parameters,
* update the in-kernel API callers to the new parameters names,
* rename of fields names (requests, list, node, constraints)
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Acked-by: markgross <markgross@thegnar.org>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The PM QoS implementation files are better named
kernel/power/qos.c and include/linux/pm_qos.h.
The PM QoS support is compiled under the CONFIG_PM option.
Signed-off-by: Jean Pihet <j-pihet@ti.com>
Acked-by: markgross <markgross@thegnar.org>
Reviewed-by: Kevin Hilman <khilman@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Since the PM clock management code in drivers/base/power/clock_ops.c
is used for both runtime PM and system suspend/hibernation, the
definitions of data structures and headers related to it should not
be located in include/linux/pm_rumtime.h. Move them to a separate
header file.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Currently pm_genpd_runtime_resume() has to walk the list of devices
from the device's PM domain to find the corresponding device list
object containing the need_restore field to check if the driver's
.runtime_resume() callback should be executed for the device.
This is suboptimal and can be simplified by using power.sybsys_data
to store device information used by the generic PM domains code.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Since the power.subsys_data device field will be used by multiple
filesystems, introduce a reference counting mechanism for it to avoid
freeing it prematurely or changing its value at a wrong time.
Make the PM clocks management code that currently is the only user of
power.subsys_data use the new reference counting.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Introduce struct pm_subsys_data that may be subclassed by subsystems
to store subsystem-specific information related to the device. Move
the clock management fields accessed through the power.subsys_data
pointer in struct device to the new strucutre.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Since it is now possible for a PM domain to have multiple masters
instead of one parent, rename the "wait for parent" status to reflect
the new situation.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Currently, for a given generic PM domain there may be only one parent
domain (i.e. a PM domain it depends on). However, there is at least
one real-life case in which there should be two parents (masters) for
one PM domain (the A3RV domain on SH7372 turns out to depend on the
A4LC domain and it depends on the A4R domain and the same time). For
this reason, allow a PM domain to have multiple parents (masters) by
introducing objects representing links between PM domains.
The (logical) links between PM domains represent relationships in
which one domain is a master (i.e. it is depended on) and another
domain is a slave (i.e. it depends on the master) with the rule that
the slave cannot be powered on if the master is not powered on and
the master cannot be powered off if the slave is not powered off.
Each struct generic_pm_domain object representing a PM domain has
two lists of links, a list of links in which it is a master and
a list of links in which it is a slave. The first of these lists
replaces the list of subdomains and the second one is used in place
of the parent pointer.
Each link is represented by struct gpd_link object containing
pointers to the master and the slave and two struct list_head
members allowing it to hook into two lists (the master's list
of "master" links and the slave's list of "slave" links). This
allows the code to get to the link from each side (either from
the master or from the slave) and follow it in each direction.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
The next patch will make it possible for a generic PM domain to have
multiple parents (i.e. multiple PM domains it depends on). To
prepare for that change it is necessary to change pm_genpd_poweron()
so that it doesn't jump to the start label after running itself
recursively for the parent domain. For this purpose, introduce a new
PM domain status value GPD_STATE_WAIT_PARENT that will be set by
pm_genpd_poweron() before calling itself recursively for the parent
domain and modify the code in drivers/base/power/domain.c so that
the GPD_STATE_WAIT_PARENT status is guaranteed to be preserved during
the execution of pm_genpd_poweron() for the parent.
This change also causes pm_genpd_add_subdomain() and
pm_genpd_remove_subdomain() to wait for started pm_genpd_poweron() to
complete and allows pm_genpd_runtime_resume() to avoid dropping the
lock after powering on the PM domain.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Currently, pm_genpd_poweron() and pm_genpd_poweroff() need to take
the parent PM domain's lock in order to modify the parent's counter
of active subdomains in a nonracy way. This causes the locking to be
considerably complex and in fact is not necessary, because the
subdomain counters may be implemented as atomic fields and they
won't have to be modified under a lock.
Replace the unsigned in sd_count field in struct generic_pm_domain
by an atomic_t one and modify the code in drivers/base/power/domain.c
to take this change into account.
This patch doesn't change the locking yet, that is going to be done
in a separate subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Patch series 109f6e39..7361c36c back in 2.6.36 added functionality to
allow credentials to work across pid namespaces for packets sent via
UNIX sockets. However, the atomic reference counts on pid and
credentials caused plenty of cache bouncing when there are numerous
threads of the same pid sharing a UNIX socket. This patch mitigates the
problem by eliminating extraneous reference counts on pid and
credentials on both send and receive path of UNIX sockets. I found a 2x
improvement in hackbench's threaded case.
On the receive path in unix_dgram_recvmsg, currently there is an
increment of reference count on pid and credentials in scm_set_cred.
Then there are two decrement of the reference counts. Once in scm_recv
and once when skb_free_datagram call skb->destructor function
unix_destruct_scm. One pair of increment and decrement of ref count on
pid and credentials can be eliminated from the receive path. Until we
destroy the skb, we already set a reference when we created the skb on
the send side.
On the send path, there are two increments of ref count on pid and
credentials, once in scm_send and once in unix_scm_to_skb. Then there
is a decrement of the reference counts in scm_destroy's call to
scm_destroy_cred at the end of unix_dgram_sendmsg functions. One pair
of increment and decrement of the reference counts can be removed so we
only need to increment the ref counts once.
By incorporating these changes, for hackbench running on a 4 socket
NHM-EX machine with 40 cores, the execution of hackbench on
50 groups of 20 threads sped up by factor of 2.
Hackbench command used for testing:
./hackbench 50 thread 2000
Signed-off-by: Tim Chen <tim.c.chen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With this patch a HEARTBEAT chunk is bundled into the ASCONF-ACK
for ADD IP ADDRESS, confirming the new destination as quickly as
possible.
Signed-off-by: Michio Honda <micchie@sfc.wide.ad.jp>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch implements Proportional Rate Reduction (PRR) for TCP.
PRR is an algorithm that determines TCP's sending rate in fast
recovery. PRR avoids excessive window reductions and aims for
the actual congestion window size at the end of recovery to be as
close as possible to the window determined by the congestion control
algorithm. PRR also improves accuracy of the amount of data sent
during loss recovery.
The patch implements the recommended flavor of PRR called PRR-SSRB
(Proportional rate reduction with slow start reduction bound) and
replaces the existing rate halving algorithm. PRR improves upon the
existing Linux fast recovery under a number of conditions including:
1) burst losses where the losses implicitly reduce the amount of
outstanding data (pipe) below the ssthresh value selected by the
congestion control algorithm and,
2) losses near the end of short flows where application runs out of
data to send.
As an example, with the existing rate halving implementation a single
loss event can cause a connection carrying short Web transactions to
go into the slow start mode after the recovery. This is because during
recovery Linux pulls the congestion window down to packets_in_flight+1
on every ACK. A short Web response often runs out of new data to send
and its pipe reduces to zero by the end of recovery when all its packets
are drained from the network. Subsequent HTTP responses using the same
connection will have to slow start to raise cwnd to ssthresh. PRR on
the other hand aims for the cwnd to be as close as possible to ssthresh
by the end of recovery.
A description of PRR and a discussion of its performance can be found at
the following links:
- IETF Draft:
http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-mathis-tcpm-proportional-rate-reduction-01
- IETF Slides:
http://www.ietf.org/proceedings/80/slides/tcpm-6.pdfhttp://tools.ietf.org/agenda/81/slides/tcpm-2.pdf
- Paper to appear in Internet Measurements Conference (IMC) 2011:
Improving TCP Loss Recovery
Nandita Dukkipati, Matt Mathis, Yuchung Cheng
Signed-off-by: Nandita Dukkipati <nanditad@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Mirosław" <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
By default the atmel_serial driver in RS485 mode disables receiving data until
all data in the send buffer has been sent. This flag allows to receive data
even whilst sending data.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Roth <br@pwrnet.de>
Signed-off-by: Claudio Scordino <claudio@evidence.eu.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This reverts commit 6b1a98d1c4.
It causes a build error that needs to be resolved differently.
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We can have the NFC core layer allocating the tx head and tail
room for the drivers and avoid 1 or more SKBs copy on write on
the Tx path.
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS attribute,
which will advertise this mesh node as being a mesh gate.
NL80211_HWMP_ROOTMODE must be set or this will do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Allow userspace to set Root Announcement Interval for our mesh
interface. Also, RANN interval is now in proper units of TUs.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In this implementation, a mesh gate is a root node with a certain bit
set in its RANN flags. The mpath to this root node is marked as a path
to a gate, and added to our list of known gates for this if_mesh. Once a
path discovery process fails, we forward the unresolved frames to a
known gate. Thanks to Luis Rodriguez for refactoring and bug fix help.
Signed-off-by: Javier Cardona <javier@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/mszeredi/fuse:
fuse: check size of FUSE_NOTIFY_INVAL_ENTRY message
fuse: mark pages accessed when written to
fuse: delete dead .write_begin and .write_end aops
fuse: fix flock
fuse: fix non-ANSI void function notation
Cleaning up the code a little bit. attempt_plug_merge() traverses the plug
list anyway, we can do the request counting there, so stack size is reduced
a little bit.
The motivation here is I suspect if we should count the requests for each
queue (task could handle multiple disks in the meantime), but my test doesn't
show it's worthy doing. If somebody proves we should do it, below change
will make that more easier.
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shli@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Shaohua Li <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Fixes earlier problems where monitor would not return from blank
Test with any DisplayLink-based USB 2.0 graphics adapter
sudo nano /sys/class/graphics/fb?/blank
and write out single digit FB_BLANK_* code from include/linux/fb.h
Supports on (0), blank (1), suspend (2,3), powerdown (4)
Signed-off-by: Bernie Thompson <bernie@plugable.com>
Signed-off-by: Florian Tobias Schandinat <FlorianSchandinat@gmx.de>
"4-finger scroll" is a gesture supported by some applications and
operating systems.
"Resting thumb" is when a clickpad user rests a finger (e.g., a
thumb), in a "click zone" (typically the bottom of the touchpad) in
anticipation of click+move=select gestures.
Thus, "4-finger scroll + resting thumb" is a 5-finger gesture.
To allow userspace to detect this gesture, we send BTN_TOOL_QUINTTAP.
Signed-off-by: Daniel Kurtz <djkurtz@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Chase Douglas <chase.douglas@canonical.com>
Acked-by: Henrik Rydberg <rydberg@euromail.se>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
Automatic partition scanning can be requested individually per loop
device during its setup by setting LO_FLAGS_PARTSCAN. By default, no
partition tables are scanned.
Userspace can now always add and remove partitions from all loop
devices, regardless if the in-kernel partition scanner is enabled or
not.
The needed partition minor numbers are allocated from the extended
minors space, the main loop device numbers will continue to match the
loop minors, regardless of the number of partitions used.
# grep . /sys/class/block/loop1/loop/*
/sys/block/loop1/loop/autoclear:0
/sys/block/loop1/loop/backing_file:/home/kay/data/stuff/part.img
/sys/block/loop1/loop/offset:0
/sys/block/loop1/loop/partscan:1
/sys/block/loop1/loop/sizelimit:0
# ls -l /dev/loop*
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 7, 0 Aug 14 20:22 /dev/loop0
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 7, 1 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop1
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 259, 0 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop1p1
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 259, 1 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop1p2
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 7, 99 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop99
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 259, 2 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop99p1
brw-rw---- 1 root disk 259, 3 Aug 14 20:23 /dev/loop99p2
crw------T 1 root root 10, 237 Aug 14 20:22 /dev/loop-control
Cc: Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
Cc: Davidlohr Bueso <dave@gnu.org>
Acked-By: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
There are cases where suppressing partition scan is useful - e.g. for
lo devices and pseudo SATA devices which advertise to be a disk but
get upset on partition scan (some port multiplier control devices show
such behavior).
This patch adds GENHD_FL_NO_PART_SCAN which suppresses partition scan
regardless of the number of possible partitions. disk_partitionable()
is renamed to disk_part_scan_enabled() as suppressing partition scan
doesn't imply the device can't be partitioned using
BLKPG_ADD/DEL_PARTITION calls from userland. show_partition() now
directly tests disk_max_parts() to maintain backward-compatibility.
-v2: Updated to make it clear that only partition scan is suppressed
not partitioning itself as suggested by Kay Sievers.
Signed-off-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
The Synopsys DesignWare 8250 is an 8250 that has an extra interrupt that
gets raised when writing to the LCR when busy. To handle this we need
special serial_out, serial_in and handle_irq methods. Add a new
function serial8250_use_designware_io() that configures a uart_port with
these accessors.
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Now that platforms can override the port IRQ handler and the only user
of these UPIO modes has been converted over, kill off UPIO_DWAPB and
UPIO_DWAPB32.
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Some ports (e.g. Synopsys DesignWare 8250) have special requirements for
handling the interrupts. Allow these platforms to specify their own
interrupt handler that will override the default.
serial8250_handle_irq() is provided so that platforms can extend the IRQ
handler rather than completely replacing it.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Some serial ports may have unusal requirements for interrupt handling
(e.g. the Synopsys DesignWare 8250-alike port and it's busy detect
interrupt). Add a .handle_irq callback that can be used for platforms
to override the interrupt behaviour in a similar fashion to the
.serial_out and .serial_in callbacks.
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Acked-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
We used it really only serial and ami_serial. The rest of the
callsites were BUG/WARN_ONs to check if BTM is held. Now that we
pruned tty_locked from both of the real users, we can get rid of
tty_lock along with __big_tty_mutex_owner.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Acked-by: Arnd Bergmann <arnd@arndb.de>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
tty_wakeup can be called from any context. So there is no need to have
an extra tasklet for calling that. Hence save some space and remove
the tasklet completely.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
tty_operations->remove is normally called like:
queue_release_one_tty
->tty_shutdown
->tty_driver_remove_tty
->tty_operations->remove
However tty_shutdown() is called from queue_release_one_tty() only if
tty_operations->shutdown is NULL. But for pty, it is not.
pty_unix98_shutdown() is used there as ->shutdown.
So tty_operations->remove of pty (i.e. pty_unix98_remove()) is never
called. This results in invalid pty_count. I.e. what can be seen in
/proc/sys/kernel/pty/nr.
I see this was already reported at:
https://lkml.org/lkml/2009/11/5/370
But it was not fixed since then.
This patch is kind of a hackish way. The problem lies in ->install. We
allocate there another tty (so-called tty->link). So ->install is
called once, but ->remove twice, for both tty and tty->link. The fix
here is to count both tty and tty->link and divide the count by 2 for
user.
And to have ->remove called, let's make tty_driver_remove_tty() global
and call that from pty_unix98_shutdown() (tty_operations->shutdown).
While at it, let's document that when ->shutdown is defined,
tty_shutdown() is not called.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Cc: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Cc: "H. Peter Anvin" <hpa@zytor.com>
Cc: stable <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Now ${LINUX}/drivers/usb/* can use usb_endpoint_maxp(desc) to get maximum packet size
instead of le16_to_cpu(desc->wMaxPacketSize).
This patch fix it up
Cc: Armin Fuerst <fuerst@in.tum.de>
Cc: Pavel Machek <pavel@ucw.cz>
Cc: Johannes Erdfelt <johannes@erdfelt.com>
Cc: Vojtech Pavlik <vojtech@suse.cz>
Cc: Oliver Neukum <oliver@neukum.name>
Cc: David Kubicek <dave@awk.cz>
Cc: Johan Hovold <jhovold@gmail.com>
Cc: Brad Hards <bhards@bigpond.net.au>
Acked-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Cc: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Cc: Thomas Dahlmann <dahlmann.thomas@arcor.de>
Cc: David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
Cc: David Lopo <dlopo@chipidea.mips.com>
Cc: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Cc: Michal Nazarewicz <m.nazarewicz@samsung.com>
Cc: Xie Xiaobo <X.Xie@freescale.com>
Cc: Li Yang <leoli@freescale.com>
Cc: Jiang Bo <tanya.jiang@freescale.com>
Cc: Yuan-hsin Chen <yhchen@faraday-tech.com>
Cc: Darius Augulis <augulis.darius@gmail.com>
Cc: Xiaochen Shen <xiaochen.shen@intel.com>
Cc: Yoshihiro Shimoda <yoshihiro.shimoda.uh@renesas.com>
Cc: OKI SEMICONDUCTOR, <toshiharu-linux@dsn.okisemi.com>
Cc: Robert Jarzmik <robert.jarzmik@free.fr>
Cc: Ben Dooks <ben@simtec.co.uk>
Cc: Thomas Abraham <thomas.ab@samsung.com>
Cc: Herbert Pötzl <herbert@13thfloor.at>
Cc: Arnaud Patard <arnaud.patard@rtp-net.org>
Cc: Roman Weissgaerber <weissg@vienna.at>
Acked-by: Sarah Sharp <sarah.a.sharp@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Tony Olech <tony.olech@elandigitalsystems.com>
Cc: Florian Floe Echtler <echtler@fs.tum.de>
Cc: Christian Lucht <lucht@codemercs.com>
Cc: Juergen Stuber <starblue@sourceforge.net>
Cc: Georges Toth <g.toth@e-biz.lu>
Cc: Bill Ryder <bryder@sgi.com>
Cc: Kuba Ober <kuba@mareimbrium.org>
Cc: Inaky Perez-Gonzalez <inaky.perez-gonzalez@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Kuninori Morimoto <kuninori.morimoto.gx@renesas.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Add a new REQ_PRIO to let requests preempt others in the cfq I/O schedule,
and lave REQ_META purely for marking requests as metadata in blktrace.
All existing callers of REQ_META except for XFS are updated to also
set REQ_PRIO for now.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Reviewed-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Replace all occurnanced of the undocumented READ_META with READ | REQ_META
and remove the unused WRITE_META define.
Signed-off-by: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Previously, netif_dbg() was using dynamic_dev_dbg() to perform
the underlying printk. Fix it to use __netdev_printk(), instead.
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Previously, if dynamic debug was enabled netdev_dbg() was using
dynamic_dev_dbg() to print out the underlying msg. Fix this by making
sure netdev_dbg() uses __netdev_printk().
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Remove no longer used dynamic debug control variables. The
definitions were removed a while ago, but we forgot to clean
up the extern references.
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Unlike dynamic_pr_debug, dynamic uses of dev_dbg can not
currently add task_pid/KBUILD_MODNAME/__func__/__LINE__
to selected debug output.
Add a new function similar to dynamic_pr_debug to
optionally emit these prefixes.
Cc: Aloisio Almeida <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Noticed-by: Aloisio Almeida <aloisio.almeida@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
The primary aim is to add skb_frag_(ref|unref) in order to remove the use of
bare get/put_page on SKB pages fragments and to isolate users from subsequent
changes to the skb_frag_t data structure.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: "David S. Miller" <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Cc: "Michał Mirosław" <mirq-linux@rere.qmqm.pl>
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
not to confuse with Table 9-7 in USB 2.0 spec
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Andrzej Siewior <bigeasy@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: Felipe Balbi <balbi@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
If devices can unconditionally support idle_bias_off let them flag it in
their driver structure.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Certain platform specific or Host-WiLink Interface specific actions would be
required to be taken when the chip is being enabled and after the chip is
disabled such as configuration of the mux modes for the GPIO of host connected
to the nshutdown of the chip or relinquishing UART after the chip is disabled.
Similar actions can also be taken when the chip is in deep sleep or when the
chip is awake. Performance enhancements such as configuring the host to run
faster when chip is awake and slower when chip is asleep can also be made
here.
Signed-off-by: Pavan Savoy <pavan_savoy@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
This patch changes target_emulate_inquiry_std() to set the 'not connected'
(0x35) bit in standard INQUIRY response data when we are processing a
request to a virtual LUN=0 mapping from struct se_device *g_lun0_dev that
have been setup for us in transport_lookup_cmd_lun().
This addresses an issue where qla2xxx FC clients need to be able
to create demo-mode I_T FC Nexuses by default, but should not be
exposing the default set of TPG LUNs to all FC clients. This includes
adding an new optional target_core_fabric_ops->tpg_check_demo_mode_login_only()
caller to allow demo_mode nexuses to skip the old default of bulding
a demo-mode MappedLUNs list via core_tpg_add_node_to_devs().
(roland: Add missing tpg_check_demo_mode_login_only check in core_dev_add_lun)
Reported-by: Roland Dreier <roland@purestorage.com>
Cc: Andrew Vasquez <andrew.vasquez@qlogic.com>
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Bellinger <nab@risingtidesystems.com>
Make mesh path selection frames Mesh Action category, remove outdated
Mesh Path Selection category and defines, use updated reason codes, add
mesh_action_is_path_sel for readability, and update/correct path
selection IEs.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch updates the mesh peering frames to the format specified in
the recently ratified 802.11s standard. Several changes took place to
make this happen:
- Change RX path to handle new self-protected frames
- Add new Peering management IE
- Remove old Peer Link IE
- Remove old plink_action field in ieee80211_mgmt header
These changes by themselves would either break peering, or work by
coincidence, so squash them all into this patch.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
802.11s introduces a new action frame category, add action codes as well
as an entry in ieee80211_mgmt.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Pedersen <thomas@cozybit.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
We need to disable ext. PA lines for reading SPROM. It's disabled by
default, but this patch allows using bcma after loading wl, which leaves
workaround enabled.
Cc: Arend van Spriel <arend@broadcom.com>
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
While at it also fix the indention of the other IEEE80211_BAR_CTRL_ defines.
Signed-off-by: Helmut Schaa <helmut.schaa@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Factor out the register read/write code to use the register map API. We
still need some wm831x specific code and locking in place to check that
the user key is handled correctly but only on the write side, reads are
not affected by the key.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
It is useful for the register cache code to be able to specify the
default values for the device registers. The major use is when restoring
the register cache after suspend, knowing the register defaults allows
us to skip registers that are at their default values when we resume which
can be a substantial win on larger modern devices. For some devices
(mostly older ones) the hardware does not support readback so the only way we
can know the values is from code and so initializing the cache with default
values makes it much easier for drivers work with read/modify/write
updates.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This patch (as1482) adds a macro for testing whether or not a
pm_message value represents an autosuspend or autoresume (i.e., a
runtime PM) event. Encapsulating this notion seems preferable to
open-coding the test all over the place.
Signed-off-by: Alan Stern <stern@rowland.harvard.edu>
Acked-by: Greg Kroah-Hartman <gregkh@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.dk/linux-block: (23 commits)
Revert "cfq: Remove special treatment for metadata rqs."
block: fix flush machinery for stacking drivers with differring flush flags
block: improve rq_affinity placement
blktrace: add FLUSH/FUA support
Move some REQ flags to the common bio/request area
allow blk_flush_policy to return REQ_FSEQ_DATA independent of *FLUSH
xen/blkback: Make description more obvious.
cfq-iosched: Add documentation about idling
block: Make rq_affinity = 1 work as expected
block: swim3: fix unterminated of_device_id table
block/genhd.c: remove useless cast in diskstats_show()
drivers/cdrom/cdrom.c: relax check on dvd manufacturer value
drivers/block/drbd/drbd_nl.c: use bitmap_parse instead of __bitmap_parse
bsg-lib: add module.h include
cfq-iosched: Reduce linked group count upon group destruction
blk-throttle: correctly determine sync bio
loop: fix deadlock when sysfs and LOOP_CLR_FD race against each other
loop: add BLK_DEV_LOOP_MIN_COUNT=%i to allow distros 0 pre-allocated loop devices
loop: add management interface for on-demand device allocation
loop: replace linked list of allocated devices with an idr index
...
Use NUMA aware allocations to reduce latencies and increase throughput.
sunrpc kthreads can use kthread_create_on_node() if pool_mode is
"percpu" or "pernode", and svc_prepare_thread()/svc_init_buffer() can
also take into account NUMA node affinity for memory allocations.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
CC: "J. Bruce Fields" <bfields@fieldses.org>
CC: Neil Brown <neilb@suse.de>
CC: David Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Reviewed-by: Greg Banks <gnb@fastmail.fm>
[bfields@redhat.com: fix up caller nfs41_callback_up]
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
We currently use a bit in fl_flags to record whether a lease is being
broken, and set fl_type to the type (RDLCK or UNLCK) that it will
eventually have. This means that once the lease break starts, we forget
what the lease's type *used* to be. Breaking a read lease will then
result in blocking read opens, even though there's no conflict--because
the lease type is now F_UNLCK and we can no longer tell whether it was
previously a read or write lease.
So, instead keep fl_type as the original type (the type which we
enforce), and keep track of whether we're unlocking or merely
downgrading by replacing the single FL_INPROGRESS flag by
FL_UNLOCK_PENDING and FL_DOWNGRADE_PENDING flags.
To get this right we also need to track separate downgrade and break
times, to handle the case where a write-leased file gets conflicting
opens first for read, then later for write.
(I first considered just eliminating the downgrade behavior
completely--nfsv4 doesn't need it, and nobody as far as I can tell
actually uses it currently--but Jeremy Allison tells me that Windows
oplocks do behave this way, so Samba will probably use this some day.)
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
F_INPROGRESS isn't exposed to userspace. To me it makes more sense in
fl_flags....
Reviewed-by: Jeff Layton <jlayton@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: J. Bruce Fields <bfields@redhat.com>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/jbarnes/pci-2.6:
PCI: OF: Don't crash when bridge parent is NULL.
PCI: export pcie_bus_configure_settings symbol
PCI: code and comments cleanup
PCI: make cardbus-bridge resources optional
PCI: make SRIOV resources optional
PCI : ability to relocate assigned pci-resources
PCI: honor child buses add_size in hot plug configuration
PCI: Set PCI-E Max Payload Size on fabric
Allow filling out the rest of the kmem_cache_cpu cacheline with pointers to
partial pages. The partial page list is used in slab_free() to avoid
per node lock taking.
In __slab_alloc() we can then take multiple partial pages off the per
node partial list in one go reducing node lock pressure.
We can also use the per cpu partial list in slab_alloc() to avoid scanning
partial lists for pages with free objects.
The main effect of a per cpu partial list is that the per node list_lock
is taken for batches of partial pages instead of individual ones.
Potential future enhancements:
1. The pickup from the partial list could be perhaps be done without disabling
interrupts with some work. The free path already puts the page into the
per cpu partial list without disabling interrupts.
2. __slab_free() may have some code paths that could use optimization.
Performance:
Before After
./hackbench 100 process 200000
Time: 1953.047 1564.614
./hackbench 100 process 20000
Time: 207.176 156.940
./hackbench 100 process 20000
Time: 204.468 156.940
./hackbench 100 process 20000
Time: 204.879 158.772
./hackbench 10 process 20000
Time: 20.153 15.853
./hackbench 10 process 20000
Time: 20.153 15.986
./hackbench 10 process 20000
Time: 19.363 16.111
./hackbench 1 process 20000
Time: 2.518 2.307
./hackbench 1 process 20000
Time: 2.258 2.339
./hackbench 1 process 20000
Time: 2.864 2.163
Signed-off-by: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux.com>
Signed-off-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Revert the pass-good area introduced in ffd1f609ab ("writeback:
introduce max-pause and pass-good dirty limits") and make the max-pause
area smaller and safe.
This fixes ~30% performance regression in the ext3 data=writeback
fio_mmap_randwrite_64k/fio_mmap_randrw_64k test cases, where there are
12 JBOD disks, on each disk runs 8 concurrent tasks doing reads+writes.
Using deadline scheduler also has a regression, but not that big as CFQ,
so this suggests we have some write starvation.
The test logs show that
- the disks are sometimes under utilized
- global dirty pages sometimes rush high to the pass-good area for
several hundred seconds, while in the mean time some bdi dirty pages
drop to very low value (bdi_dirty << bdi_thresh). Then suddenly the
global dirty pages dropped under global dirty threshold and bdi_dirty
rush very high (for example, 2 times higher than bdi_thresh). During
which time balance_dirty_pages() is not called at all.
So the problems are
1) The random writes progress so slow that they break the assumption of
the max-pause logic that "8 pages per 200ms is typically more than
enough to curb heavy dirtiers".
2) The max-pause logic ignored task_bdi_thresh and thus opens the possibility
for some bdi's to over dirty pages, leading to (bdi_dirty >> bdi_thresh)
and then (bdi_thresh >> bdi_dirty) for others.
3) The higher max-pause/pass-good thresholds somehow leads to the bad
swing of dirty pages.
The fix is to allow the task to slightly dirty over task_bdi_thresh, but
no way to exceed bdi_dirty and/or global dirty_thresh.
Tests show that it fixed the JBOD regression completely (both behavior
and performance), while still being able to cut down large pause times
in balance_dirty_pages() for single-disk cases.
Reported-by: Li Shaohua <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Tested-by: Li Shaohua <shaohua.li@intel.com>
Acked-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Instead of hardcoding register values through the driver, define macros
for individual register bits using the register name and the bit name,
and use the macros.
Signed-off-by: Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
Use IFF_UNICAST_FTL to find out if driver handles unicast address
filtering. In case it does not, promisc mode is entered.
Patch also fixes following drivers:
stmmac, niu: support uc filtering and yet it propagated
ndo_set_multicast_list
bna, benet, pxa168_eth, ks8851, ks8851_mll, ksz884x : has set
ndo_set_rx_mode but do not support uc filtering
Signed-off-by: Jiri Pirko <jpirko@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The l4_rxhash flag was added to the skb structure to indicate
that the rxhash value was computed over the 4 tuple for the
packet which includes the port information in the encapsulated
transport packet. This is used by the stack to preserve the
rxhash value in __skb_rx_tunnel.
Signed-off-by: Tom Herbert <therbert@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This allows the cast in lowmem_page_address (introduced as a warning
fixup to 33dd4e0ec9 "mm: make some struct page's const") to be
removed.
Propagate const'ness to page_to_section() as well since it is required
by __page_to_pfn.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Michel Lespinasse <walken@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Followup to 33dd4e0ec9 "mm: make some struct page's const" which missed the
HASHED_PAGE_VIRTUAL case.
Signed-off-by: Ian Campbell <ian.campbell@citrix.com>
Cc: Andrea Arcangeli <aarcange@redhat.com>
Cc: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Cc: Michel Lespinasse <walken@google.com>
Cc: Mel Gorman <mel@csn.ul.ie>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'timers-fixes-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
rtc: Limit RTC PIE frequency
rtc: Fix hrtimer deadlock
rtc: Handle errors correctly in rtc_irq_set_state()
Fixup trivial conflicts in drivers/rtc/interface.c due to slightly
trivially versions of the same patch coming in two different ways.
* 'irq-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/linux-2.6-tip:
irq: Track the owner of irq descriptor
irq: Always set IRQF_ONESHOT if no primary handler is specified
genirq: Fix wrong bit operation
For a long time now orlov is the default block allocator in the ext3. It
performs better than the old one and no one seems to claim otherwise so
we can safely drop it and make oldalloc and orlov mount option
deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Czerner <lczerner@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan Kara <jack@suse.cz>
Many implementations ignore the value of max_frames and do not
treat usecs == 0 as special. Document this as deprecated.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Also explicitly state how to disable interrupt coalescing.
Remove the now-redundant text from field descriptions.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The current descriptions state that these fields specify 'How many
packets to delay ... after a packet ...' which implies that the
hardware should wait for (max_coalesced_frames + 1) completions before
generating an interrupt. It is also stated that setting both this
field and the corresponding 'coalesce_usecs' field to 0 is invalid.
Together, this implies that the hardware must always be configured
to delay a completion IRQ for at least 1 usec or 1 more completion.
I believe that the addition of 1 is not intended, and David Miller
confirms that the original implementation (in tg3) does not do this.
Clarify the descriptions of these fields to avoid this interpretation.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This reorders and duplicates some wording, but should make no
substantive changes.
Signed-off-by: Ben Hutchings <bhutchings@solarflare.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
pstore was using mutex locking to protect read/write access to the
backend plug-ins. This causes problems when pstore is executed in
an NMI context through panic() -> kmsg_dump().
This patch changes the mutex to a spin_lock_irqsave then also checks to
see if we are in an NMI context. If we are in an NMI and can't get the
lock, just print a message stating that and blow by the locking.
All this is probably a hack around the bigger locking problem but it
solves my current situation of trying to sleep in an NMI context.
Tested by loading the lkdtm module and executing a HARDLOCKUP which
will cause the machine to panic inside the nmi handler.
Signed-off-by: Don Zickus <dzickus@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Matthew Garrett <mjg@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the Analog Devices ADAU1373 audio codec.
Signed-off-by: Lars-Peter Clausen <lars@metafoo.de>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Commit 90b44f8 introduces dmaengine_prep_slave_single API which adds
scatterlist.h in dmaengine.h, so defining struct scatterlist is not required
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Acked-by: Dan Williams <dan.j.williams@intel.com>
Since sungem_phy is used by multiple, unrelated, drivers make it
build as a real module under drivers/net.
depmod will pick up the symbol dependency and make sure sungem_phy.ko
gets loaded any time sungem.ko or spider_net.ko is loaded.
Tested-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
On Tue, Aug 16, 2011 at 03:22:34PM +1000, Stephen Rothwell wrote:
>
> After merging the final tree, today's linux-next build (powerpc
> allyesconfig) produced this warning:
>
> In file included from security/integrity/ima/../integrity.h:16:0,
> from security/integrity/ima/ima.h:27,
> from security/integrity/ima/ima_policy.c:20:
> include/crypto/sha.h:86:10: warning: 'struct shash_desc' declared inside parameter list
> include/crypto/sha.h:86:10: warning: its scope is only this definition or declaration, which is probably not what you want
>
> Introduced by commit 7c390170b4 ("crypto: sha1 - export sha1_update for
> reuse"). I guess you need to include crypto/hash.h in crypto/sha.h.
This patch fixes this by providing a declaration for struct shash_desc.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
- Make the previously missing security_old_inode_init_security() stub
function definition static inline.
- The stub security_inode_init_security() function previously returned
-EOPNOTSUPP and relied on the callers to change it to 0. The stub
security/security_old_inode_init_security() functions now return 0.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Commit ae1b153962, block: reimplement
FLUSH/FUA to support merge, introduced a performance regression when
running any sort of fsyncing workload using dm-multipath and certain
storage (in our case, an HP EVA). The test I ran was fs_mark, and it
dropped from ~800 files/sec on ext4 to ~100 files/sec. It turns out
that dm-multipath always advertised flush+fua support, and passed
commands on down the stack, where those flags used to get stripped off.
The above commit changed that behavior:
static inline struct request *__elv_next_request(struct request_queue *q)
{
struct request *rq;
while (1) {
- while (!list_empty(&q->queue_head)) {
+ if (!list_empty(&q->queue_head)) {
rq = list_entry_rq(q->queue_head.next);
- if (!(rq->cmd_flags & (REQ_FLUSH | REQ_FUA)) ||
- (rq->cmd_flags & REQ_FLUSH_SEQ))
- return rq;
- rq = blk_do_flush(q, rq);
- if (rq)
- return rq;
+ return rq;
}
Note that previously, a command would come in here, have
REQ_FLUSH|REQ_FUA set, and then get handed off to blk_do_flush:
struct request *blk_do_flush(struct request_queue *q, struct request *rq)
{
unsigned int fflags = q->flush_flags; /* may change, cache it */
bool has_flush = fflags & REQ_FLUSH, has_fua = fflags & REQ_FUA;
bool do_preflush = has_flush && (rq->cmd_flags & REQ_FLUSH);
bool do_postflush = has_flush && !has_fua && (rq->cmd_flags &
REQ_FUA);
unsigned skip = 0;
...
if (blk_rq_sectors(rq) && !do_preflush && !do_postflush) {
rq->cmd_flags &= ~REQ_FLUSH;
if (!has_fua)
rq->cmd_flags &= ~REQ_FUA;
return rq;
}
So, the flush machinery was bypassed in such cases (q->flush_flags == 0
&& rq->cmd_flags & (REQ_FLUSH|REQ_FUA)).
Now, however, we don't get into the flush machinery at all. Instead,
__elv_next_request just hands a request with flush and fua bits set to
the scsi_request_fn, even if the underlying request_queue does not
support flush or fua.
The agreed upon approach is to fix the flush machinery to allow
stacking. While this isn't used in practice (since there is only one
request-based dm target, and that target will now reflect the flush
flags of the underlying device), it does future-proof the solution, and
make it function as designed.
In order to make this work, I had to add a field to the struct request,
inside the flush structure (to store the original req->end_io). Shaohua
had suggested overloading the union with rb_node and completion_data,
but the completion data is used by device mapper and can also be used by
other drivers. So, I didn't see a way around the additional field.
I tested this patch on an HP EVA with both ext4 and xfs, and it recovers
the lost performance. Comments and other testers, as always, are
appreciated.
Cheers,
Jeff
Signed-off-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Fixes build failures of the spider_net driver because it tries
to use a convoluted path to include this header.
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Function genpd_queue_power_off_work() is not defined for
CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME, so pm_genpd_poweroff_unused() causes a build
error to happen in that case. Fix the problem by making
pm_genpd_poweroff_unused() depend on CONFIG_PM_RUNTIME too.
Signed-off-by: Rafael J. Wysocki <rjw@sisk.pl>
Account bandwidth usage on the cfs_rq level versus the task_groups to which
they belong. Whether we are tracking bandwidth on a given cfs_rq is maintained
under cfs_rq->runtime_enabled.
cfs_rq's which belong to a bandwidth constrained task_group have their runtime
accounted via the update_curr() path, which withdraws bandwidth from the global
pool as desired. Updates involving the global pool are currently protected
under cfs_bandwidth->lock, local runtime is protected by rq->lock.
This patch only assigns and tracks quota, no action is taken in the case that
cfs_rq->runtime_used exceeds cfs_rq->runtime_assigned.
Signed-off-by: Paul Turner <pjt@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Nikhil Rao <ncrao@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Bharata B Rao <bharata@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hidetoshi Seto <seto.hidetoshi@jp.fujitsu.com>
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110721184757.179386821@google.com
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
The current transport mechanism for af_iucv is the z/VM offered
communications facility IUCV. To provide equivalent support when
running Linux in an LPAR, HiperSockets transport is added to the
AF_IUCV address family. It requires explicit binding of an AF_IUCV
socket to a HiperSockets device. A new packet_type ETH_P_AF_IUCV
is announced. An af_iucv specific transport header is defined
preceding the skb data. A small protocol is implemented for
connecting and for flow control/congestion management.
Signed-off-by: Ursula Braun <ursula.braun@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Reviewed-by: Hendrik Brueckner <brueckner@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Add a new ethertype for af_iucv over s/390 HiperSockets transport. Since
HiperSockets is not a real ethernet hw this is not an officially registered ID.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch adds a symbol to dynamically load iucv functions.
Signed-off-by: Frank Blaschka <frank.blaschka@de.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
The NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON command is, in practice, requesting AP mode
operations to be started. Add new attributes to provide extra IEs
(e.g., WPS IE, P2P IE) for drivers that build Beacon, Probe Response,
and (Re)Association Response frames internally (likely in firmware).
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This removes need from drivers to parse the beacon tail/head data
to figure out what crypto settings are to be used in AP mode in case
the Beacon and Probe Response frames are fully constructed in the
driver/firmware.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This makes it easier for drivers that generate Beacon and Probe Response
frames internally (in firmware most likely) in AP mode.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Moving the parsing logic for retrieving the information elements
stored in management frames, e.g. beacons or probe responses,
and making it available to other cfg80211 drivers.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Ashok Powar <yogeshp@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Amitkumar Karwar <akarwar@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Bing Zhao <bzhao@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (44 commits)
e1000e: increase driver version number
e1000e: alternate MAC address update
e1000e: do not disable receiver on 82574/82583
e1000e: alternate MAC address does not work on device id 0x1060
PCnet: Fix section mismatch
bnx2x: disable dcb on 578xx since not supported yet
bnx2x: properly clean indirect addresses
bnx2x: prevent race between undi_unload and load flows
bnx2x: fix select_queue when FCoE is disabled
bnx2x: init FCOE FP only once
ipv4: some rt_iif -> rt_route_iif conversions
net/bridge/netfilter/ebtables.c: use available error handling code
net/netlabel/netlabel_kapi.c: add missing cleanup code
net/irda: sh_sir: tidyup compile warning
net/irda: sh_sir: add missing header
net/irda: sh_irda: add missing header
slcan: ldisc generated skbs are received in softirq context
scm: Capture the full credentials of the scm sender
tcp: initialize variable ecn_ok in syncookies path
drivers/net/wireless/wl1251: add missing kfree
...
My gmail account got disabled and I'm not going to reopen it.
Signed-off-by: Jarkko Nikula <jarkko.nikula@bitmer.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
The patch http://lkml.org/lkml/2003/7/13/226 introduced an RLIMIT_NPROC
check in set_user() to check for NPROC exceeding via setuid() and
similar functions.
Before the check there was a possibility to greatly exceed the allowed
number of processes by an unprivileged user if the program relied on
rlimit only. But the check created new security threat: many poorly
written programs simply don't check setuid() return code and believe it
cannot fail if executed with root privileges. So, the check is removed
in this patch because of too often privilege escalations related to
buggy programs.
The NPROC can still be enforced in the common code flow of daemons
spawning user processes. Most of daemons do fork()+setuid()+execve().
The check introduced in execve() (1) enforces the same limit as in
setuid() and (2) doesn't create similar security issues.
Neil Brown suggested to track what specific process has exceeded the
limit by setting PF_NPROC_EXCEEDED process flag. With the change only
this process would fail on execve(), and other processes' execve()
behaviour is not changed.
Solar Designer suggested to re-check whether NPROC limit is still
exceeded at the moment of execve(). If the process was sleeping for
days between set*uid() and execve(), and the NPROC counter step down
under the limit, the defered execve() failure because NPROC limit was
exceeded days ago would be unexpected. If the limit is not exceeded
anymore, we clear the flag on successful calls to execve() and fork().
The flag is also cleared on successful calls to set_user() as the limit
was exceeded for the previous user, not the current one.
Similar check was introduced in -ow patches (without the process flag).
v3 - clear PF_NPROC_EXCEEDED on successful calls to set_user().
Reviewed-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Signed-off-by: Vasiliy Kulikov <segoon@openwall.com>
Acked-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add a comment pointing out the use of enum station_info_flags for
all new struct station_info fields. In addition, memset the sinfo
buffer to zero before use on all paths in the current tree to avoid
leaving uninitialized pointers in the data.
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
mac80211 leaves sinfo->assoc_req_ies uninitialized, causing a random
pointer memory access in nl80211_send_station.
Instead of checking if the pointer is null, use sinfo->filled, like
the rest of the fields.
Signed-off-by: Felix Fietkau <nbd@openwrt.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Add FLUSH/FUA support to blktrace. As FLUSH precedes WRITE and/or
FUA follows WRITE, use the same 'F' flag for both cases and
distinguish them by their (relative) position. The end results
look like (other flags might be shown also):
- WRITE: W
- WRITE_FLUSH: FW
- WRITE_FUA: WF
- WRITE_FLUSH_FUA: FWF
Note that we reuse TC_BARRIER due to lack of bit space of act_mask
so that the older versions of blktrace tools will report flush
requests as barriers from now on.
Cc: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
Cc: Frederic Weisbecker <fweisbec@gmail.com>
Cc: Ingo Molnar <mingo@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
REQ_SECURE, REQ_FLUSH and REQ_FUA may all be set on a bio as well as
on a request, so relocate them to the shared part of the enum.
Signed-off-by: Matthew Wilcox <willy@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Namhyung Kim <namhyung@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jeff Moyer <jmoyer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
evm_inode_init_security() should return 0, when EVM is not enabled.
(Returning an error is a remnant of evm_inode_post_init_security.)
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
- Missing 'inline' on evm_inode_setattr() definition.
Introduced by commit 817b54aa45 ("evm: add evm_inode_setattr to prevent
updating an invalid security.evm").
- Missing security_old_inode_init_security() stub function definition.
Caused by commit 9d8f13ba3f ("security: new security_inode_init_security
API adds function callback").
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Mimi Zohar <zohar@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: James Morris <jmorris@namei.org>
Copy the information needed from struct module into a local module list
held within tracepoint.c from within the module coming/going notifier.
This vastly simplifies locking of tracepoint registration /
unregistration, because we don't have to take the module mutex to
register and unregister tracepoints anymore. Steven Rostedt ran into
dependency problems related to modules mutex vs kprobes mutex vs ftrace
mutex vs tracepoint mutex that seems to be hard to fix without removing
this dependency between tracepoint and module mutex. (note: it should be
investigated whether kprobes could benefit of being dissociated from the
modules mutex too.)
This also fixes module handling of tracepoint list iterators, because it
was expecting the list to be sorted by pointer address. Given we have
control on our own list now, it's OK to sort this list which has
tracepoints as its only purpose. The reason why this sorting is required
is to handle the fact that seq files (and any read() operation from
user-space) cannot hold the tracepoint mutex across multiple calls, so
list entries may vanish between calls. With sorting, the tracepoint
iterator becomes usable even if the list don't contain the exact item
pointed to by the iterator anymore.
Signed-off-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Acked-by: Jason Baron <jbaron@redhat.com>
CC: Ingo Molnar <mingo@elte.hu>
CC: Lai Jiangshan <laijs@cn.fujitsu.com>
CC: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
CC: Masami Hiramatsu <masami.hiramatsu.pt@hitachi.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20110810191839.GC8525@Krystal
Signed-off-by: Steven Rostedt <rostedt@goodmis.org>
There's a number of edge cases when cancelling a alarm, so
to be sure we accurately do so, introduce try_to_cancel, which
returns proper failure errors if it cannot. Also modify cancel
to spin until the alarm is properly disabled.
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
In order to allow for functionality like try_to_cancel, add
more refined state tracking (similar to hrtimers).
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
Now that periodic alarmtimers are managed by the handler function,
remove the period value from the alarm structure and let the handlers
manage the interval on their own.
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
In order to avoid wasting time expiring and re-adding very high freq
periodic alarmtimers, introduce alarm_forward() which is similar to
hrtimer_forward and moves the timer to the next future expiration time
and returns the number of overruns.
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
In order to properly fix the denial of service issue with high freq
periodic alarm timers, we need to push the re-arming logic into the
alarm timer handler, much as the hrtimer code does.
This patch introduces alarmtimer_restart enum and changes the
alarmtimer handler declarations to use it as a return value. Further,
to ease following changes, it extends the alarmtimer handler functions
to also take the time at expiration. No logic is yet modified.
CC: Thomas Gleixner <tglx@linutronix.de>
Signed-off-by: John Stultz <john.stultz@linaro.org>
When user space SME/MLME (e.g., hostapd) is not used in AP mode, the
IEs from the (Re)Association Request frame that was processed in
firmware need to be made available for user space (e.g., RSN IE for
hostapd). Allow this to be done with cfg80211_new_sta().
Signed-off-by: Jouni Malinen <jouni@qca.qualcomm.com>
Acked-by: Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
HID low level drivers register new devices with the HID core which then
adds the devices to the HID bus. The HID bus normally immediately probes
an appropriate driver which then handles HID input for this device.
The ll driver now uses the hid_input_report() function to report input
events for a specific device. However, if the HID bus unloads the driver
at the same time (for instance via a call to
/sys/bus/hid/devices/<dev>/unbind) then the hdev->driver pointer may be
used by hid_input_report() and hid_device_remove() at the same time
which may cause hdev->driver to point to invalid memory.
This fix adds a semaphore to every hid device which protects
hdev->driver from asynchronous access. This semaphore is locked during
driver *_probe and *_remove and also inside hid_input_report(). The
*_probe and *_remove functions may sleep so the semaphore is good here,
however, hid_input_report() is in atomic context and hence only uses
down_trylock(). If it cannot acquire the lock it simply drops the input
package.
The low-level drivers report input events synchronously so
hid_input_report() should never be entered twice at the same time on the
same device. Hence, the lock should always be available. But if the
driver is currently probed/removed then the lock is not available and
dropping the package should be safe because this is what would have
happened if the package arrived some milliseconds earlier/later.
This also fixes another race condition while probing drivers:
First the *_probe function of the driver is called and only if that
succeeds, the related input device of hidinput is registered. If the low
level driver reports input events after the *_probe function returned
but before the input device is registered, then a NULL pointer
dereference will occur. (Equivalently on driver remove function).
This is not possible anymore, since the semaphore lock drops all
incoming packages until the driver/device is fully initialized.
Signed-off-by: David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jiri Kosina <jkosina@suse.cz>
Export the update function as crypto_sha1_update() to not have the need
to reimplement the same algorithm for each SHA-1 implementation. This
way the generic SHA-1 implementation can be used as fallback for other
implementations that fail to run under certain circumstances, like the
need for an FPU context while executing in IRQ context.
Signed-off-by: Mathias Krause <minipli@googlemail.com>
Signed-off-by: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
They are SPROM specific, so all should be defined in ssb code.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The patch adds empty function of_get_property for non-dt build, so that
drivers migrating to dt can save some '#ifdef CONFIG_OF'.
This also fixes the current Tegra compile problem in linux-next.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tiwai/sound-2.6:
sound: pss - don't use the deprecated function check_region
ALSA: timer - Add NULL-check for invalid slave timer
ALSA: timer - Fix Oops at closing slave timer
ASoC: Acknowledge WM8996 interrupts before acting on them
ASoC: Rename WM8915 to WM8996
ALSA: Fix dependency of CONFIG_SND_TEA575X
ALSA: asihpi - use kzalloc()
ALSA: snd-usb-caiaq: Fix keymap for RigKontrol3
ALSA: snd-usb: Fix uninitialized variable usage
ALSA: hda - Fix a complile warning in patch_via.c
ALSA: hdspm - Fix uninitialized compile warnings
ALSA: usb-audio - add quirk for Keith McMillen StringPort
ALSA: snd-usb: operate on given mixer interface only
ALSA: snd-usb: avoid dividing by zero on invalid input
ALSA: snd-usb: Accept UAC2 FORMAT_TYPE descriptors with bLength > 6
sound: oss/pas2: Remove CLOCK_TICK_RATE dependency from PAS16 driver
ALSA: hda - Use auto-parser for ASUS UX50, Eee PC P901, S101 and P1005
ALSA: hda - Fix digital-mic mono recording on ASUS Eee PC
ASoC: sgtl5000: fix cache handling
ASoC: Disable wm_hubs periodic DC servo update
x86_64 warns as size_t is not an int.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Reported-by: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Albert Zhang <xu.zhang@bosch-sensortec.com>
Signed-off-by: Eric Andersson <eric.andersson@unixphere.com>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@cam.ac.uk>
Reviewed-by: Alan Cox <alan@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Dmitry Torokhov <dtor@mail.ru>
This is needed to match wireless cards with Intersil firmware that have
ID 0x0156:0x0002 and the third ID "Version 01.02". Such cards are
currently matched by orinoco_cs, which doesn't support WPA. They should
be matched by hostap_cs.
The first and the second product ID vary widely, so there are few users
with some particular IDs. Of those, very few can submit a patch for
hostap_cs or write a useful bugreport. It's still important to support
their hardware properly.
With PCMCIA_DEVICE_MANF_CARD_PROD_ID3, it should be possible to cover
the remaining Intersil based designs that kept the numeric ID and the
"version" of the reference design.
Signed-off-by: Pavel Roskin <proski@gnu.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
For iwlwifi, I decided not to use this API since
it just increased the complexity for little gain.
Since nobody else intends to use it, let's kill
it again. If anybody later needs to have it, we
can always revive it then.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
In commit 2efaca927f ("mm/futex: fix futex writes on archs with SW
tracking of dirty & young") we forgot about MMU=n. This patch fixes
that.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra <a.p.zijlstra@chello.nl>
Acked-by: Benjamin Herrenschmidt <benh@kernel.crashing.org>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/1311761831.24752.413.camel@twins
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Avoid annoying warnings from these functions ("discards qualifiers")
because they assign 'current_cred()' to a non-const pointer.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Add method to return the clock of the CPU. This is needed by the arch
code to calculate the mips_hpt_frequency.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds support for serial console to bcma, when operating on an SoC.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This adds a mips driver to bcma. This is only found on embedded
devices. For now the driver just initializes the irqs used on this
system.
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
This patch adds support for using bcma on a Broadcom SoC as the system
bus. An SoC like the bcm4716 could register this bus and use it to
searches for the bcma cores and register the devices on this bus.
BCMA_HOSTTYPE_NONE was intended for SoCs at first but BCMA_HOSTTYPE_SOC
is a better name.
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
The chip common and mips core have to be setup early in the boot
process to get the cpu clock.
bcma_bus_early_register() gets pointers to some space to store the core
data and searches for the chip common and mips core and initializes
chip common. After that was done and the kernel is out of early boot we
just have to run bcma_bus_register() and it will search for the other
cores, initialize and register them.
The cores are getting the same numbers as before.
Acked-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Hauke Mehrtens <hauke@hauke-m.de>
Acked-by: Ralf Baechle <ralf@linux-mips.org>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of code is dedicated to giving drivers the
ability to use cfg80211's wext handlers without
completely converting. However, only orinoco is
currently using this, and it is only partially
using it.
We reduce the size of both the source and binary
by removing those that nobody needs. If a driver
shows up that needs it during conversion, we can
add back those that are needed.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
linux/wireless.h is for wireless extensions only, so
mac80211 shouldn't include it since it uses cfg80211.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
A lot of drivers erroneously use wext constants
and don't notice since cfg80211.h includes them.
Make this more split up so drivers needing wext
compatibility from cfg80211 need to explicitly
include that from cfg80211-wext.h.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Berg <johannes.berg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: John W. Linville <linville@tuxdriver.com>
Fix kernel-doc warning about internal/private data by marking it
as "private:" so that kernel-doc will ignore it.
Warning(include/linux/regulator/consumer.h:128): No description found for parameter 'ret'
Signed-off-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Acked-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@slimlogic.co.uk>
Commit 3295514841 ("fix rcu annotations noise in cred.h") accidentally
dropped the const of current->cred inside current_cred() by the
insertion of a cast to deal with an RCU annotation loss warning from
sparce.
Use an appropriate RCU wrapper instead so as not to lose the const.
Signed-off-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul E. McKenney <paulmck@linux.vnet.ibm.com>
cc: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Commit a9ff4f87 "fuse: support BSD locking semantics" overlooked a
number of issues with supporing flock locks over existing POSIX
locking infrastructure:
- it's not backward compatible, passing flock(2) calls to userspace
unconditionally (if userspace sets FUSE_POSIX_LOCKS)
- it doesn't cater for the fact that flock locks are automatically
unlocked on file release
- it doesn't take into account the fact that flock exclusive locks
(write locks) don't need an fd opened for write.
The last one invalidates the original premise of the patch that flock
locks can be emulated with POSIX locks.
This patch fixes the first two issues. The last one needs to be fixed
in userspace if the filesystem assumed that a write lock will happen
only on a file operned for write (as in the case of the current fuse
library).
Reported-by: Sebastian Pipping <webmaster@hartwork.org>
Signed-off-by: Miklos Szeredi <mszeredi@suse.cz>
For clients which require a single slave transfer and dont want to be bothered
about the scatterlist api, this helper gives simple API for this transfer and
creates single scatterlist for DMA API
Idea from Russell King
Signed-off-by: Vinod Koul <vinod.koul@intel.com>
Trace single register reads and writes, plus start/stop tracepoints for
the actual I/O to see where we're spending time. This makes it easy to
have always on logging without overwhelming the logs and also lets us take
advantage of all the context and time information that the trace subsystem
collects for us.
We don't currently trace register values for bulk operations as this would
add complexity and overhead parsing the cooked data that's being worked
with.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Some devices are sensitive to reads on their registers, especially for
things like clear on read interrupt status registers. Avoid creating
problems with these with things like debugfs by allowing drivers to tell
the core about them. If a register is marked as precious then the core
will not internally generate any reads of it.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
This is currently unused but we need to know which registers exist and
their properties in order to implement diagnostics like register map
dumps and the cache features.
We use callbacks partly because properties can vary at runtime (eg, through
access locks on registers) and partly because big switch statements are a
good compromise between readable code and small data size for providing
information on big register maps.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Allow drivers to set up their own regmap API structures. This is mainly
useful with MFDs where the core driver will have set up regmap at the
minute, though it may make sense to push the existing regmap setup out
of the core into the drivers.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Remove all the ASoC specific physical I/O code and replace it with calls
into the regmap API. The bulk write code can only be used safely if all
regmap calls are locked with the CODEC lock, we need to add bulk support
to the regmap API or replace the code with an open coded loop (though
currently it has no users...).
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
The raw sockets can provide source address for
routing but their privileges are not considered. We
can provide non-local source address, make sure the
FLOWI_FLAG_ANYSRC flag is set if socket has privileges
for this, i.e. based on hdrincl (IP_HDRINCL) and
transparent flags.
Signed-off-by: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Currently userland will barf when including linux/netlink.h unless it
precisely includes sys/socket.h first. The issue is where the
definition of "sa_family_t" comes from.
We've been back and forth on how to fix this issue in the past, see:
http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.debian.devel.bugs.general/622621http://thread.gmane.org/gmane.linux.network/143380
Ben Hutchings suggested we take a hint from how we handle the
sockaddr_storage type. First we define a "__kernel_sa_family_t"
to linux/socket.h that is always defined.
Then if __KERNEL__ is defined, we also define "sa_family_t" as
equal to "__kernel_sa_family_t".
Then in places like linux/netlink.h we use __kernel_sa_family_t
in user visible datastructures.
Reported-by: Michel Machado <michel@digirati.com.br>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For marketing reasons the part will be called WM8996. In order to avoid
user confusion rename the driver to reflect this.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Kukjin Kim <kgene.kim@samsung.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
task->cred is declared as __rcu, and access to other tasks' ->cred is,
indeed, protected. Access to current->cred does not need rcu_dereference()
at all, since only the task itself can change its ->cred. sparse, of
course, has no way of knowing that...
Add force-cast in current_cred(), make current_fsuid() et.al. use it.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.open-osd.org/linux-open-osd:
ore: Make ore its own module
exofs: Rename raid engine from exofs/ios.c => ore
exofs: ios: Move to a per inode components & device-table
exofs: Move exofs specific osd operations out of ios.c
exofs: Add offset/length to exofs_get_io_state
exofs: Fix truncate for the raid-groups case
exofs: Small cleanup of exofs_fill_super
exofs: BUG: Avoid sbi realloc
exofs: Remove pnfs-osd private definitions
nfs_xdr: Move nfs4_string definition out of #ifdef CONFIG_NFS_V4
The inode structure layout is largely random, and some of the vfs paths
really do care. The path lookup in particular is already quite D$
intensive, and profiles show that accessing the 'inode->i_op->xyz'
fields is quite costly.
We already optimized the dcache to not unnecessarily load the d_op
structure for members that are often NULL using the DCACHE_OP_xyz bits
in dentry->d_flags, and this does something very similar for the inode
ops that are used during pathname lookup.
It also re-orders the fields so that the fields accessed by 'stat' are
together at the beginning of the inode structure, and roughly in the
order accessed.
The effect of this seems to be in the 1-2% range for an empty kernel
"make -j" run (which is fairly kernel-intensive, mostly in filename
lookup), so it's visible. The numbers are fairly noisy, though, and
likely depend a lot on exact microarchitecture. So there's more tuning
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Gcc tends to generate better code with small integers, including the
DCACHE_xyz flag tests - so move the common ones to be first in the list.
Also just remove the unused DCACHE_INOTIFY_PARENT_WATCHED and
DCACHE_AUTOFS_PENDING values, their users no longer exists in the source
tree.
And add a "unlikely()" to the DCACHE_OP_COMPARE test, since we want the
common case to be a nice straight-line fall-through.
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net:
net: Compute protocol sequence numbers and fragment IDs using MD5.
crypto: Move md5_transform to lib/md5.c
ORE stands for "Objects Raid Engine"
This patch is a mechanical rename of everything that was in ios.c
and its API declaration to an ore.c and an osd_ore.h header. The ore
engine will later be used by the pnfs objects layout driver.
* File ios.c => ore.c
* Declaration of types and API are moved from exofs.h to a new
osd_ore.h
* All used types are prefixed by ore_ from their exofs_ name.
* Shift includes from exofs.h to osd_ore.h so osd_ore.h is
independent, include it from exofs.h.
Other than a pure rename there are no other changes. Next patch
will move the ore into it's own module and will export the API
to be used by exofs and later the layout driver
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Computers have become a lot faster since we compromised on the
partial MD4 hash which we use currently for performance reasons.
MD5 is a much safer choice, and is inline with both RFC1948 and
other ISS generators (OpenBSD, Solaris, etc.)
Furthermore, only having 24-bits of the sequence number be truly
unpredictable is a very serious limitation. So the periodic
regeneration and 8-bit counter have been removed. We compute and
use a full 32-bit sequence number.
For ipv6, DCCP was found to use a 32-bit truncated initial sequence
number (it needs 43-bits) and that is fixed here as well.
Reported-by: Dan Kaminsky <dan@doxpara.com>
Tested-by: Willy Tarreau <w@1wt.eu>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
For ChromiumOS, we use SHA-1 to verify the integrity of the root
filesystem. The speed of the kernel sha-1 implementation has a major
impact on our boot performance.
To improve boot performance, we investigated using the heavily optimized
sha-1 implementation used in git. With the git sha-1 implementation, we
see a 11.7% improvement in boot time.
10 reboots, remove slowest/fastest.
Before:
Mean: 6.58 seconds Stdev: 0.14
After (with git sha-1, this patch):
Mean: 5.89 seconds Stdev: 0.07
The other cool thing about the git SHA-1 implementation is that it only
needs 64 bytes of stack for the workspace while the original kernel
implementation needed 320 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Mandeep Singh Baines <msb@chromium.org>
Cc: Ramsay Jones <ramsay@ramsay1.demon.co.uk>
Cc: Nicolas Pitre <nico@cam.org>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: linux-crypto@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
* 'drm-fixes' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/airlied/drm-2.6: (55 commits)
Revert "drm/i915: Try enabling RC6 by default (again)"
drm/radeon: Extended DDC Probing for ECS A740GM-M DVI-D Connector
drm/radeon: Log Subsystem Vendor and Device Information
drm/radeon: Extended DDC Probing for Connectors with Improperly Wired DDC Lines (here: Asus M2A-VM HDMI)
drm: Separate EDID Header Check from EDID Block Check
drm: Add NULL check about irq functions
drm: Fix irq install error handling
drm/radeon: fix potential NULL dereference in drivers/gpu/drm/radeon/atom.c
drm/radeon: clean reg header files
drm/debugfs: Initialise empty variable
drm/radeon/kms: add thermal chip quirk for asus 9600xt
drm/radeon: off by one in check_reg() functions
drm/radeon/kms: fix version comment due to merge timing
drm/i915: allow cache sharing policy control
drm/i915/hdmi: HDMI source product description infoframe support
drm/i915/hdmi: split infoframe setting from infoframe type code
drm: track CEA version number if present
drm/i915: Try enabling RC6 by default (again)
Revert "drm/i915/dp: Zero the DPCD data before connection probe"
drm/i915/dp: wait for previous AUX channel activity to clear
...
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net: (54 commits)
ipv6: check for IPv4 mapped addresses when connecting IPv6 sockets
mlx4: decreasing ref count when removing mac
net: Fix security_socket_sendmsg() bypass problem.
net: Cap number of elements for sendmmsg
net: sendmmsg should only return an error if no messages were sent
ixgbe: fix PHY link setup for 82599
ixgbe: fix __ixgbe_notify_dca() bail out code
igb: fix WOL on second port of i350 device
e1000e: minor re-order of #include files
e1000e: remove unnecessary check for NULL pointer
intel drivers: repair missing flush operations
macb: restore wrap bit when performing underrun cleanup
cdc_ncm: fix endianness problem.
irda: use PCI_VENDOR_ID_*
mlx4: Fixing Ethernet unicast packet steering
net: fix NULL dereferences in check_peer_redir()
bnx2x: Clear MDIO access warning during first driver load
bnx2x: Fix BCM578xx MAC test
bnx2x: Fix BCM54618se invalid link indication
bnx2x: Fix BCM84833 link
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
RCUify freeing acls, let check_acl() go ahead in RCU mode if acl is cached
get rid of boilerplate switches in posix_acl.h
fix block device fallout from ->fsync() changes
* 'next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/djbw/async_tx:
dmaengine: use DEFINE_IDR for static initialization
ioat: fix xor_idx_to_desc
Avoid section type conflict in dma/ioat/dma_v3.c
ioat: Adding PCI IDs for IOAT devices on SandyBridge platforms
exofs file system wants to use pnfs_osd_xdr.h file instead of
redefining pnfs-objects types in it's private "pnfs.h" headr.
Before we do the switch we must make sure pnfs_osd_xdr.h is
compilable also under NFS versions smaller than 4.1. Since now
it is needed regardless of version, by the exofs code.
nfs4_string is not the only nfs4 type out in the global scope.
Ack-by: Trond Myklebust <Trond.Myklebust@netapp.com>
Signed-off-by: Boaz Harrosh <bharrosh@panasas.com>
Provides function drm_edid_header_is_valid() for EDID header check
and replaces EDID header check part of function drm_edid_block_valid()
by a call of drm_edid_header_is_valid().
This is a prerequisite to extend DDC probing, e. g. in function
radeon_ddc_probe() for Radeon devices, by a central EDID header check.
Tested for kernel 2.6.35, 2.6.38 and 3.0
Cc: <stable@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Thomas Reim <reimth@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Deucher <alexdeucher@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Michaels <Stephen.Micheals@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Dave Airlie <airlied@redhat.com>
* 'drm-intel-next' of ssh://master.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/keithp/linux-2.6: (42 commits)
drm/i915: allow cache sharing policy control
drm/i915/hdmi: HDMI source product description infoframe support
drm/i915/hdmi: split infoframe setting from infoframe type code
drm: track CEA version number if present
drm/i915: Try enabling RC6 by default (again)
Revert "drm/i915/dp: Zero the DPCD data before connection probe"
drm/i915/dp: wait for previous AUX channel activity to clear
drm/i915: don't use uninitialized EDID bpc values when picking pipe bpp
drm/i915/pch: Save/restore PCH_PORT_HOTPLUG across suspend
drm/i915: apply phase pointer override on SNB+ too
drm/i915: Add quirk to disable SSC on Sony Vaio Y2
drm/i915: provide more error output when mode sets fail
drm/i915: add GPU max frequency control file
i915: add Dell OptiPlex FX170 to intel_no_lvds
drm/i915: Ignore GPU wedged errors while pinning scanout buffers
drm/i915/hdmi: send AVI info frames on ILK+ as well
drm/i915: fix CB tuning check for ILK+
drm/i915: Flush other plane register writes
drm/i915: flush plane control changes on ILK+ as well
drm/i915: apply timing generator bug workaround on CPT and PPT
...
This reverts commit 750f463a74.
of_alias_* still needs work to be generalized for 'promtree' dt
platforms, and to no implicitly create entries for available ids.
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
* 'idle-release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux-idle-2.6:
cpuidle: stop depending on pm_idle
x86 idle: move mwait_idle_with_hints() to where it is used
cpuidle: replace xen access to x86 pm_idle and default_idle
cpuidle: create bootparam "cpuidle.off=1"
mrst_pmu: driver for Intel Moorestown Power Management Unit
* 'apei-release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux-acpi-2.6:
ACPI, APEI, EINJ Param support is disabled by default
APEI GHES: 32-bit buildfix
ACPI: APEI build fix
ACPI, APEI, GHES: Add hardware memory error recovery support
HWPoison: add memory_failure_queue()
ACPI, APEI, GHES, Error records content based throttle
ACPI, APEI, GHES, printk support for recoverable error via NMI
lib, Make gen_pool memory allocator lockless
lib, Add lock-less NULL terminated single list
Add Kconfig option ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG
ACPI, APEI, Add WHEA _OSC support
ACPI, APEI, Add APEI bit support in generic _OSC call
ACPI, APEI, GHES, Support disable GHES at boot time
ACPI, APEI, GHES, Prevent GHES to be built as module
ACPI, APEI, Use apei_exec_run_optional in APEI EINJ and ERST
ACPI, APEI, Add apei_exec_run_optional
ACPI, APEI, GHES, Do not ratelimit fatal error printk before panic
ACPI, APEI, ERST, Fix erst-dbg long record reading issue
ACPI, APEI, ERST, Prevent erst_dbg from loading if ERST is disabled
Drivers need to know the CEA version number in addition to other display
info (like whether the display is an HDMI sink) before enabling certain
features. So track the CEA version number in the display info
structure.
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Signed-off-by: Keith Packard <keithp@keithp.com>
We have already acknowledged that swapoff of a tmpfs file is slower than
it was before conversion to the generic radix_tree: a little slower
there will be acceptable, if the hotter paths are faster.
But it was a shock to find swapoff of a 500MB file 20 times slower on my
laptop, taking 10 minutes; and at that rate it significantly slows down
my testing.
Now, most of that turned out to be overhead from PROVE_LOCKING and
PROVE_RCU: without those it was only 4 times slower than before; and
more realistic tests on other machines don't fare as badly.
I've tried a number of things to improve it, including tagging the swap
entries, then doing lookup by tag: I'd expected that to halve the time,
but in practice it's erratic, and often counter-productive.
The only change I've so far found to make a consistent improvement, is
to short-circuit the way we go back and forth, gang lookup packing
entries into the array supplied, then shmem scanning that array for the
target entry. Scanning in place doubles the speed, so it's now only
twice as slow as before (or three times slower when the PROVEs are on).
So, add radix_tree_locate_item() as an expedient, once-off,
single-caller hack to do the lookup directly in place. #ifdef it on
CONFIG_SHMEM and CONFIG_SWAP, as much to document its limited
applicability as save space in other configurations. And, sadly,
#include sched.h for cond_resched().
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
But we've not yet removed the old swp_entry_t i_direct[16] from
shmem_inode_info. That's because it was still being shared with the
inline symlink. Remove it now (saving 64 or 128 bytes from shmem inode
size), and use kmemdup() for short symlinks, say, those up to 128 bytes.
I wonder why mpol_free_shared_policy() is done in shmem_destroy_inode()
rather than shmem_evict_inode(), where we usually do such freeing? I
guess it doesn't matter, and I'm not into NUMA mpol testing right now.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Reviewed-by: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Remove mem_cgroup_shmem_charge_fallback(): it was only required when we
had to move swappage to filecache with GFP_NOWAIT.
Remove the GFP_NOWAIT special case from mem_cgroup_cache_charge(), by
moving its call out from shmem_add_to_page_cache() to two of thats three
callers. But leave it doing mem_cgroup_uncharge_cache_page() on error:
although asymmetrical, it's easier for all 3 callers to handle.
These two changes would also be appropriate if anyone were to start
using shmem_read_mapping_page_gfp() with GFP_NOWAIT.
Remove mem_cgroup_get_shmem_target(): mc_handle_file_pte() can test
radix_tree_exceptional_entry() to get what it needs for itself.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
While it's at its least, make a number of boring nitpicky cleanups to
shmem.c, mostly for consistency of variable naming. Things like "swap"
instead of "entry", "pgoff_t index" instead of "unsigned long idx".
And since everything else here is prefixed "shmem_", better change
init_tmpfs() to shmem_init().
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The maximum size of a shmem/tmpfs file has been limited by the maximum
size of its triple-indirect swap vector. With 4kB page size, maximum
filesize was just over 2TB on a 32-bit kernel, but sadly one eighth of
that on a 64-bit kernel. (With 8kB page size, maximum filesize was just
over 4TB on a 64-bit kernel, but 16TB on a 32-bit kernel,
MAX_LFS_FILESIZE being then more restrictive than swap vector layout.)
It's a shame that tmpfs should be more restrictive than ramfs, and this
limitation has now been noticed. Add another level to the swap vector?
No, it became obscure and hard to maintain, once I complicated it to
make use of highmem pages nine years ago: better choose another way.
Surely, if 2.4 had had the radix tree pagecache introduced in 2.5, then
tmpfs would never have invented its own peculiar radix tree: we would
have fitted swap entries into the common radix tree instead, in much the
same way as we fit swap entries into page tables.
And why should each file have a separate radix tree for its pages and
for its swap entries? The swap entries are required precisely where and
when the pages are not. We want to put them together in a single radix
tree: which can then avoid much of the locking which was needed to
prevent them from being exchanged underneath us.
This also avoids the waste of memory devoted to swap vectors, first in
the shmem_inode itself, then at least two more pages once a file grew
beyond 16 data pages (pages accounted by df and du, but not by memcg).
Allocated upfront, to avoid allocation when under swapping pressure, but
pure waste when CONFIG_SWAP is not set - I have never spattered around
the ifdefs to prevent that, preferring this move to sharing the common
radix tree instead.
There are three downsides to sharing the radix tree. One, that it binds
tmpfs more tightly to the rest of mm, either requiring knowledge of swap
entries in radix tree there, or duplication of its code here in shmem.c.
I believe that the simplications and memory savings (and probable higher
performance, not yet measured) justify that.
Two, that on HIGHMEM systems with SWAP enabled, it's the lowmem radix
nodes that cannot be freed under memory pressure - whereas before it was
the less precious highmem swap vector pages that could not be freed.
I'm hoping that 64-bit has now been accessible for long enough, that the
highmem argument has grown much less persuasive.
Three, that swapoff is slower than it used to be on tmpfs files, since
it's using a simple generic mechanism not tailored to it: I find this
noticeable, and shall want to improve, but maybe nobody else will
notice.
So... now remove most of the old swap vector code from shmem.c. But,
for the moment, keep the simple i_direct vector of 16 pages, with simple
accessors shmem_put_swap() and shmem_get_swap(), as a toy implementation
to help mark where swap needs to be handled in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
If swap entries are to be stored along with struct page pointers in a
radix tree, they need to be distinguished as exceptional entries.
Most of the handling of swap entries in radix tree will be contained in
shmem.c, but a few functions in filemap.c's common code need to check
for their appearance: find_get_page(), find_lock_page(),
find_get_pages() and find_get_pages_contig().
So as not to slow their fast paths, tuck those checks inside the
existing checks for unlikely radix_tree_deref_slot(); except for
find_lock_page(), where it is an added test. And make it a BUG in
find_get_pages_tag(), which is not applied to tmpfs files.
A part of the reason for eliminating shmem_readpage() earlier, was to
minimize the places where common code would need to allow for swap
entries.
The swp_entry_t known to swapfile.c must be massaged into a slightly
different form when stored in the radix tree, just as it gets massaged
into a pte_t when stored in page tables.
In an i386 kernel this limits its information (type and page offset) to
30 bits: given 32 "types" of swapfile and 4kB pagesize, that's a maximum
swapfile size of 128GB. Which is less than the 512GB we previously
allowed with X86_PAE (where the swap entry can occupy the entire upper
32 bits of a pte_t), but not a new limitation on 32-bit without PAE; and
there's not a new limitation on 64-bit (where swap filesize is already
limited to 16TB by a 32-bit page offset). Thirty areas of 128GB is
probably still enough swap for a 64GB 32-bit machine.
Provide swp_to_radix_entry() and radix_to_swp_entry() conversions, and
enforce filesize limit in read_swap_header(), just as for ptes.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
A patchset to extend tmpfs to MAX_LFS_FILESIZE by abandoning its
peculiar swap vector, instead keeping a file's swap entries in the same
radix tree as its struct page pointers: thus saving memory, and
simplifying its code and locking.
This patch:
The radix_tree is used by several subsystems for different purposes. A
major use is to store the struct page pointers of a file's pagecache for
memory management. But what if mm wanted to store something other than
page pointers there too?
The low bit of a radix_tree entry is already used to denote an indirect
pointer, for internal use, and the unlikely radix_tree_deref_retry()
case.
Define the next bit as denoting an exceptional entry, and supply inline
functions radix_tree_exception() to return non-0 in either unlikely
case, and radix_tree_exceptional_entry() to return non-0 in the second
case.
If a subsystem already uses radix_tree with that bit set, no problem: it
does not affect internal workings at all, but is defined for the
convenience of those storing well-aligned pointers in the radix_tree.
The radix_tree_gang_lookups have an implicit assumption that the caller
can deduce the offset of each entry returned e.g. by the page->index of
a struct page. But that may not be feasible for some kinds of item to
be stored there.
radix_tree_gang_lookup_slot() allow for an optional indices argument,
output array in which to return those offsets. The same could be added
to other radix_tree_gang_lookups, but for now keep it to the only one
for which we need it.
Signed-off-by: Hugh Dickins <hughd@google.com>
Acked-by: Rik van Riel <riel@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
- Current implementation tests wrong value for setting
aat2870_bl->max_current.
- In the current implementation, we cannot differentiate between 2 cases:
a) if pdata->max_current is not set , or
b) pdata->max_current is set to AAT2870_CURRENT_0_45 (which is also 0).
Fix it by setting AAT2870_CURRENT_0_45 to be 1 and adjust the equation in
aat2870_brightness() accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Axel Lin <axel.lin@gmail.com>
Cc: Richard Purdie <rpurdie@rpsys.net>
Cc: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Tested-by: Jin Park <jinyoungp@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
__GFP_OTHER_NODE is used for NUMA allocations on behalf of other nodes.
It's supposed to be passed through from the page allocator to
zone_statistics(), but it never gets there as gfp_allowed_mask is not
wide enough and masks out the flag early in the allocation path.
The result is an accounting glitch where successful NUMA allocations
by-agent are not properly attributed as local.
Increase __GFP_BITS_SHIFT so that it includes __GFP_OTHER_NODE.
Signed-off-by: Johannes Weiner <hannes@cmpxchg.org>
Acked-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Minchan Kim <minchan.kim@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Mel Gorman <mgorman@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Michal Hocko <mhocko@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
The current hyper-optimized functions are overkill if you simply want to
allocate an id for a device. Create versions which use an internal
lock.
In followup patches, numerous drivers are converted to use this
interface.
Thanks to Tejun for feedback.
Signed-off-by: Rusty Russell <rusty@rustcorp.com.au>
Acked-by: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Acked-by: Jonathan Cameron <jic23@cam.ac.uk>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
init_fault_attr_dentries() is used to export fault_attr via debugfs.
But it can only export it in debugfs root directory.
Per Forlin is working on mmc_fail_request which adds support to inject
data errors after a completed host transfer in MMC subsystem.
The fault_attr for mmc_fail_request should be defined per mmc host and
export it in debugfs directory per mmc host like
/sys/kernel/debug/mmc0/mmc_fail_request.
init_fault_attr_dentries() doesn't help for mmc_fail_request. So this
introduces fault_create_debugfs_attr() which is able to create a
directory in the arbitrary directory and replace
init_fault_attr_dentries().
[akpm@linux-foundation.org: extraneous semicolon, per Randy]
Signed-off-by: Akinobu Mita <akinobu.mita@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Per Forlin <per.forlin@linaro.org>
Cc: Jens Axboe <axboe@kernel.dk>
Cc: Christoph Lameter <cl@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Pekka Enberg <penberg@kernel.org>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Cc: Stephen Rothwell <sfr@canb.auug.org.au>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
cpuidle users should call cpuidle_call_idle() directly
rather than via (pm_idle)() function pointer.
Architecture may choose to continue using (pm_idle)(),
but cpuidle need not depend on it:
my_arch_cpu_idle()
...
if(cpuidle_call_idle())
pm_idle();
cc: Kevin Hilman <khilman@deeprootsystems.com>
cc: Paul Mundt <lethal@linux-sh.org>
cc: x86@kernel.org
Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
When a Xen Dom0 kernel boots on a hypervisor, it gets access
to the raw-hardware ACPI tables. While it parses the idle tables
for the hypervisor's beneift, it uses HLT for its own idle.
Rather than have xen scribble on pm_idle and access default_idle,
have it simply disable_cpuidle() so acpi_idle will not load and
architecture default HLT will be used.
cc: xen-devel@lists.xensource.com
Tested-by: Konrad Rzeszutek Wilk <konrad.wilk@oracle.com>
Acked-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Some trivial conflicts due to other various merges
adding to the end of common lists sooner than this one.
arch/ia64/Kconfig
arch/powerpc/Kconfig
arch/x86/Kconfig
lib/Kconfig
lib/Makefile
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
as GHES is optional...
When # CONFIG_ACPI_APEI_GHES is not set:
(.init.text+0x4c22): undefined reference to `ghes_disable'
Reported-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Acked-by: Randy Dunlap <rdunlap@xenotime.net>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
memory_failure() is the entry point for HWPoison memory error
recovery. It must be called in process context. But commonly
hardware memory errors are notified via MCE or NMI, so some delayed
execution mechanism must be used. In MCE handler, a work queue + ring
buffer mechanism is used.
In addition to MCE, now APEI (ACPI Platform Error Interface) GHES
(Generic Hardware Error Source) can be used to report memory errors
too. To add support to APEI GHES memory recovery, a mechanism similar
to that of MCE is implemented. memory_failure_queue() is the new
entry point that can be called in IRQ context. The next step is to
make MCE handler uses this interface too.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Cc: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Wu Fengguang <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
This version of the gen_pool memory allocator supports lockless
operation.
This makes it safe to use in NMI handlers and other special
unblockable contexts that could otherwise deadlock on locks. This is
implemented by using atomic operations and retries on any conflicts.
The disadvantage is that there may be livelocks in extreme cases. For
better scalability, one gen_pool allocator can be used for each CPU.
The lockless operation only works if there is enough memory available.
If new memory is added to the pool a lock has to be still taken. So
any user relying on locklessness has to ensure that sufficient memory
is preallocated.
The basic atomic operation of this allocator is cmpxchg on long. On
architectures that don't have NMI-safe cmpxchg implementation, the
allocator can NOT be used in NMI handler. So code uses the allocator
in NMI handler should depend on CONFIG_ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
Cmpxchg is used to implement adding new entry to the list, deleting
all entries from the list, deleting first entry of the list and some
other operations.
Because this is a single list, so the tail can not be accessed in O(1).
If there are multiple producers and multiple consumers, llist_add can
be used in producers and llist_del_all can be used in consumers. They
can work simultaneously without lock. But llist_del_first can not be
used here. Because llist_del_first depends on list->first->next does
not changed if list->first is not changed during its operation, but
llist_del_first, llist_add, llist_add (or llist_del_all, llist_add,
llist_add) sequence in another consumer may violate that.
If there are multiple producers and one consumer, llist_add can be
used in producers and llist_del_all or llist_del_first can be used in
the consumer.
This can be summarized as follow:
| add | del_first | del_all
add | - | - | -
del_first | | L | L
del_all | | | -
Where "-" stands for no lock is needed, while "L" stands for lock is
needed.
The list entries deleted via llist_del_all can be traversed with
traversing function such as llist_for_each etc. But the list entries
can not be traversed safely before deleted from the list. The order
of deleted entries is from the newest to the oldest added one. If you
want to traverse from the oldest to the newest, you must reverse the
order by yourself before traversing.
The basic atomic operation of this list is cmpxchg on long. On
architectures that don't have NMI-safe cmpxchg implementation, the
list can NOT be used in NMI handler. So code uses the list in NMI
handler should depend on CONFIG_ARCH_HAVE_NMI_SAFE_CMPXCHG.
Signed-off-by: Huang Ying <ying.huang@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Andi Kleen <ak@linux.intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Mathieu Desnoyers <mathieu.desnoyers@efficios.com>
Cc: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
The patch adds function of_alias_scan to populate a global lookup
table with the properties of 'aliases' node and function
of_alias_get_id for drivers to find alias id from the lookup table.
Signed-off-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
[grant.likely: add locking and rework parse loop]
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Gergely Kalman reported crashes in check_peer_redir().
It appears commit f39925dbde (ipv4: Cache learned redirect
information in inetpeer.) added a race, leading to possible NULL ptr
dereference.
Since we can now change dst neighbour, we should make sure a reader can
safely use a neighbour.
Add RCU protection to dst neighbour, and make sure check_peer_redir()
can be called safely by different cpus in parallel.
As neighbours are already freed after one RCU grace period, this patch
should not add typical RCU penalty (cache cold effects)
Many thanks to Gergely for providing a pretty report pointing to the
bug.
Reported-by: Gergely Kalman <synapse@hippy.csoma.elte.hu>
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'release' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lenb/linux-acpi-2.6: (28 commits)
ACPI: delete stale reference in kernel-parameters.txt
ACPI: add missing _OSI strings
ACPI: remove NID_INVAL
thermal: make THERMAL_HWMON implementation fully internal
thermal: split hwmon lookup to a separate function
thermal: hide CONFIG_THERMAL_HWMON
ACPI print OSI(Linux) warning only once
ACPI: DMI workaround for Asus A8N-SLI Premium and Asus A8N-SLI DELUX
ACPI / Battery: propagate sysfs error in acpi_battery_add()
ACPI / Battery: avoid acpi_battery_add() use-after-free
ACPI: introduce "acpi_rsdp=" parameter for kdump
ACPI: constify ops structs
ACPI: fix CONFIG_X86_REROUTE_FOR_BROKEN_BOOT_IRQS
ACPI: fix 80 char overflow
ACPI / Battery: Resolve the race condition in the sysfs_remove_battery()
ACPI / Battery: Add the check before refresh sysfs in the battery_notify()
ACPI / Battery: Add the hibernation process in the battery_notify()
ACPI / Battery: Rename acpi_battery_quirks2 with acpi_battery_quirks
ACPI / Battery: Change 16-bit signed negative battery current into correct value
ACPI / Battery: Add the power unit macro
...
* 'devicetree/next' of git://git.secretlab.ca/git/linux-2.6:
MAINTAINERS: Add keyword match for of_match_table to device tree section
of: constify property name parameters for helper functions
input: xilinx_ps2: Add missing of_address.h header
of: address: use resource_size helper
the only potentially subtle thing here: get_cached_acl()
is never called with the second argument other than
ACL_TYPE_{ACCESS,DEFAULT}. IOW, that return ERR_PTR(-EINVAL)
in there might as well be BUG().
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
b552a8c56d ("ACPI: remove NID_INVAL") removed the left over uses of
NID_INVAL, but didn't actually remove the definition. Remove it.
Signed-off-by: David Rientjes <rientjes@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
THERMAL_HWMON is implemented inside the thermal_sys driver and has no
effect on drivers implementing thermal zones, so they shouldn't see
anything related to it in <linux/thermal.h>. Making the THERMAL_HWMON
implementation fully internal has two advantages beyond the cleaner
design:
* This avoids rebuilding all thermal drivers if the THERMAL_HWMON
implementation changes, or if CONFIG_THERMAL_HWMON gets enabled or
disabled.
* This avoids breaking the thermal kABI in these cases too, which should
make distributions happy.
The only drawback I can see is slightly higher memory fragmentation, as
the number of kzalloc() calls will increase by one per thermal zone. But
I doubt it will be a problem in practice, as I've never seen a system with
more than two thermal zones.
Signed-off-by: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>
Cc: Rene Herman <rene.herman@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Guenter Roeck <guenter.roeck@ericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Andrew Morton <akpm@linux-foundation.org>
Signed-off-by: Len Brown <len.brown@intel.com>
The helper functions for reading u32 integers, u32 arrays and strings
should have the property name as a const pointer.
Cc: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Signed-off-by: Jamie Iles <jamie@jamieiles.com>
Signed-off-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Move parameter filling from find_device to __find_device_hash_cell.
This patch causes ioctls using __find_device_hash_cell
(DM_DEV_REMOVE_CMD, DM_DEV_SUSPEND_CMD - resume, DM_TABLE_CLEAR_CMD)
to return device parameters, bringing them into line with the other
ioctls.
Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Move multipath target argument parsing code into dm-table so other
targets can share it.
Signed-off-by: Mike Snitzer <snitzer@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
If we write a full chunk in the snapshot, skip reading the origin device
because the whole chunk will be overwritten anyway.
This patch changes the snapshot write logic when a full chunk is written.
In this case:
1. allocate the exception
2. dispatch the bio (but don't report the bio completion to device mapper)
3. write the exception record
4. report bio completed
Callbacks must be done through the kcopyd thread, because callbacks must not
race with each other. So we create two new functions:
dm_kcopyd_prepare_callback: allocate a job structure and prepare the callback.
(This function must not be called from interrupt context.)
dm_kcopyd_do_callback: submit callback.
(This function may be called from interrupt context.)
Performance test (on snapshots with 4k chunk size):
without the patch:
non-direct-io sequential write (dd): 17.7MB/s
direct-io sequential write (dd): 20.9MB/s
non-direct-io random write (mkfs.ext2): 0.44s
with the patch:
non-direct-io sequential write (dd): 26.5MB/s
direct-io sequential write (dd): 33.2MB/s
non-direct-io random write (mkfs.ext2): 0.27s
Signed-off-by: Mikulas Patocka <mpatocka@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Alasdair G Kergon <agk@redhat.com>
Update the code to handle some of the differences between
RFC 3041 and RFC 4941, which obsoletes it. Also a couple
of janitorial fixes.
- Allow router advertisements to increase the lifetime of
temporary addresses. This was not allowed by RFC 3041,
but is specified by RFC 4941. It is useful when RA
lifetimes are lower than TEMP_{VALID,PREFERRED}_LIFETIME:
in this case, the previous code would delete or deprecate
addresses prematurely.
- Change the default of MAX_RETRY to 3 per RFC 4941.
- Add a comment to clarify that the preferred and valid
lifetimes in inet6_ifaddr are relative to the timestamp.
- Shorten lines to 80 characters in a couple of places.
Signed-off-by: Lorenzo Colitti <lorenzo@google.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
My @hp.com will no longer be valid starting August 5, 2011 so an update is
necessary. My new email address is employer independent so we don't have
to worry about doing this again any time soon.
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul.moore@hp.com>
Signed-off-by: Paul Moore <paul@paul-moore.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/lrg/voltage-2.6: (23 commits)
regulator: Improve WM831x DVS VSEL selection algorithm
regulator: Bootstrap wm831x DVS VSEL value from ON VSEL if not already set
regulator: Set up GPIO for WM831x VSEL before enabling VSEL mode
regulator: Add EPEs to the MODULE_ALIAS() for wm831x-dcdc
regulator: Fix WM831x DCDC DVS VSEL bootstrapping
regulator: Fix WM831x regulator ID lookups for multiple WM831xs
regulator: Fix argument format type errors in error prints
regulator: Fix memory leak in set_machine_constraints() error paths
regulator: Make core more chatty about some errors
regulator: tps65910: Fix array access out of bounds bug
regulator: tps65910: Add missing breaks in switch/case
regulator: tps65910: Fix a memory leak in tps65910_probe error path
regulator: TWL: Remove entry of RES_ID for 6030 macros
ASoC: tlv320aic3x: Add correct hw registers to Line1 cross connect muxes
regulator: Add basic per consumer debugfs
regulator: Add rdev_crit() macro
regulator: Refactor supply implementation to work as regular consumers
regulator: Include the device name in the microamps_requested_ file
regulator: Increase the limit on sysfs file names
regulator: Properly register dummy regulator driver
...
* 'for_linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tytso/ext4: (60 commits)
ext4: prevent memory leaks from ext4_mb_init_backend() on error path
ext4: use EXT4_BAD_INO for buddy cache to avoid colliding with valid inode #
ext4: use ext4_msg() instead of printk in mballoc
ext4: use ext4_kvzalloc()/ext4_kvmalloc() for s_group_desc and s_group_info
ext4: introduce ext4_kvmalloc(), ext4_kzalloc(), and ext4_kvfree()
ext4: use the correct error exit path in ext4_init_inode_table()
ext4: add missing kfree() on error return path in add_new_gdb()
ext4: change umode_t in tracepoint headers to be an explicit __u16
ext4: fix races in ext4_sync_parent()
ext4: Fix overflow caused by missing cast in ext4_fallocate()
ext4: add action of moving index in ext4_ext_rm_idx for Punch Hole
ext4: simplify parameters of reserve_backup_gdb()
ext4: simplify parameters of add_new_gdb()
ext4: remove lock_buffer in bclean() and setup_new_group_blocks()
ext4: simplify journal handling in setup_new_group_blocks()
ext4: let setup_new_group_blocks() set multiple bits at a time
ext4: fix a typo in ext4_group_extend()
ext4: let ext4_group_add_blocks() handle 0 blocks quickly
ext4: let ext4_group_add_blocks() return an error code
ext4: rename ext4_add_groupblocks() to ext4_group_add_blocks()
...
Fix up conflict in fs/ext4/inode.c: commit aacfc19c62 ("fs: simplify
the blockdev_direct_IO prototype") had changed the ext4_ind_direct_IO()
function for the new simplified calling convention, while commit
dae1e52cb1 ("ext4: move ext4_ind_* functions from inode.c to
indirect.c") moved the function to another file.
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/viro/vfs-2.6:
xfs: Fix build breakage in xfs_iops.c when CONFIG_FS_POSIX_ACL is not set
VFS: Reorganise shrink_dcache_for_umount_subtree() after demise of dcache_lock
VFS: Remove dentry->d_lock locking from shrink_dcache_for_umount_subtree()
VFS: Remove detached-dentry counter from shrink_dcache_for_umount_subtree()
switch posix_acl_chmod() to umode_t
switch posix_acl_from_mode() to umode_t
switch posix_acl_equiv_mode() to umode_t *
switch posix_acl_create() to umode_t *
block: initialise bd_super in bdget()
vfs: avoid call to inode_lru_list_del() if possible
vfs: avoid taking inode_hash_lock on pipes and sockets
vfs: conditionally call inode_wb_list_del()
VFS: Fix automount for negative autofs dentries
Btrfs: load the key from the dir item in readdir into a fake dentry
devtmpfs: missing initialialization in never-hit case
hppfs: missing include
* 'pstore-efi' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/aegl/linux-2.6:
efivars: Introduce PSTORE_EFI_ATTRIBUTES
efivars: Use string functions in pstore_write
efivars: introduce utf16_strncmp
efivars: String functions
efi: Add support for using efivars as a pstore backend
pstore: Allow the user to explicitly choose a backend
pstore: Make "part" unsigned
pstore: Add extra context for writes and erases
pstore: Extend API for more flexibility in new backends
Currently pci-bridges are allocated enough resources to satisfy their immediate
requirements. Any additional resource-requests fail if additional free space,
contiguous to the one already allocated, is not available. This behavior is not
reasonable since sufficient contiguous resources, that can satisfy the request,
are available at a different location.
This patch provides the ability to expand and relocate a allocated resource.
v2: Changelog: Fixed size calculation in pci_reassign_resource()
v3: Changelog : Split this patch. The resource.c changes are already
upstream. All the pci driver changes are in here.
Signed-off-by: Ram Pai <linuxram@us.ibm.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
On a given PCI-E fabric, each device, bridge, and root port can have a
different PCI-E maximum payload size. There is a sizable performance
boost for having the largest possible maximum payload size on each PCI-E
device. However, if improperly configured, fatal bus errors can occur.
Thus, it is important to ensure that PCI-E payloads sends by a device
are never larger than the MPS setting of all devices on the way to the
destination.
This can be achieved two ways:
- A conservative approach is to use the smallest common denominator of
the entire tree below a root complex for every device on that fabric.
This means for example that having a 128 bytes MPS USB controller on one
leg of a switch will dramatically reduce performances of a video card or
10GE adapter on another leg of that same switch.
It also means that any hierarchy supporting hotplug slots (including
expresscard or thunderbolt I suppose, dbl check that) will have to be
entirely clamped to 128 bytes since we cannot predict what will be
plugged into those slots, and we cannot change the MPS on a "live"
system.
- A more optimal way is possible, if it falls within a couple of
constraints:
* The top-level host bridge will never generate packets larger than the
smallest TLP (or if it can be controlled independently from its MPS at
least)
* The device will never generate packets larger than MPS (which can be
configured via MRRS)
* No support of direct PCI-E <-> PCI-E transfers between devices without
some additional code to specifically deal with that case
Then we can use an approach that basically ignores downstream requests
and focuses exclusively on upstream requests. In that case, all we need
to care about is that a device MPS is no larger than its parent MPS,
which allows us to keep all switches/bridges to the max MPS supported by
their parent and eventually the PHB.
In this case, your USB controller would no longer "starve" your 10GE
Ethernet and your hotplug slots won't affect your global MPS.
Additionally, the hotplugged devices themselves can be configured to a
larger MPS up to the value configured in the hotplug bridge.
To choose between the two available options, two PCI kernel boot args
have been added to the PCI calls. "pcie_bus_safe" will provide the
former behavior, while "pcie_bus_perf" will perform the latter behavior.
By default, the latter behavior is used.
NOTE: due to the location of the enablement, each arch will need to add
calls to this function. This patch only enables x86.
This patch includes a number of changes recommended by Benjamin
Herrenschmidt.
Tested-by: Jordan_Hargrave@dell.com
Signed-off-by: Jon Mason <mason@myri.com>
Signed-off-by: Jesse Barnes <jbarnes@virtuousgeek.org>
Later WM8994 devices implement a new DC servo readback mode with the
register used to access the offset moved to register 0x59. Implement
support for this and enable it on the appropriate devices.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Some inodes (pipes, sockets, ...) are not hashed, no need to take
contended inode_hash_lock at dismantle time.
nice speedup on SMP machines on socket intensive workloads.
Signed-off-by: Eric Dumazet <eric.dumazet@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
* 'for-next' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/sameo/mfd-2.6: (46 commits)
mfd: Fix mismatch in twl4030 mutex lock-unlock
mfd: twl6030-pwm.c needs MODULE_LICENSE
mfd: Fix the omap-usb-host clock API usage on usbhs_disable()
mfd: Acknowledge WM8994 IRQs before reporting
mfd: Acknowlege all WM831x IRQs before we handle them
mfd: Avoid two assignments if failures happen in tps65910_i2c_probe
regulator: Storing tps65912 error codes in u8
mfd: Don't leak init_data in tps65910_i2c_probe
regulator: aat2870: Add AAT2870 regulator driver
backlight: Add AAT2870 backlight driver
mfd: Add AAT2870 mfd driver
mfd: Remove dead code from max8997-irq
mfd: Move TPS55910 Kconfig option
mfd: Fix missing stmpe kerneldoc
mfd: Fix off-by-one value range checking for tps65912_i2c_write
mfd: Add devices for WM831x clocking module
mfd: Remove comp{1,2}_threshold sysfs entries in tps65911_comparator_remove
mfd: Don't ask about the TPS65912 core driver in Kconfig
mfd: Fix off by one in WM831x IRQ code
mfd: Add tps65921 support from twl-core
...
* 'for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/geert/linux-m68k:
m68k/math-emu: Remove unnecessary code
m68k/math-emu: Remove commented out old code
m68k: Kill warning in setup_arch() when compiling for Sun3
m68k/atari: Prefix GPIO_{IN,OUT} with CODEC_
sparc: iounmap() and *_free_coherent() - Use lookup_resource()
m68k/atari: Reserve some ST-RAM early on for device buffer use
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Use lookup_resource()
resources: Add lookup_resource()
sparc: _sparc_find_resource() should check for exact matches
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Offset resource end by CHIP_PHYSADDR
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Use resource_size() to fix off-by-one error
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Change chipavail to an atomic_t
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Always allocate from the start of memory
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Convert from printk() to pr_*()
m68k/amiga: Chip RAM - Use tabs for indentation
Add mfd core driver for AnalogicTech AAT2870.
The AAT2870 is communication through I2C and contains backlight and
regulator components.
Signed-off-by: Jin Park <jinyoungp@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Generating kerneldoc for STMPE result in warnings, so fix this by
adding missing documentation.
Signed-off-by: Om Prakash <omprakash.pal@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Rabin Vincent <rabin.vincent@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Jonas Aberg <jonas.aberg@stericsson.com>
Reviewed-by: Srinidhi Kasagar <srinidhi.kasagar@stericsson.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The tps65910_irq_exit() cleanup function was generating a warning from
sparse due to the lack of a prototype. This wasn't causing GCC warnings
as the driver wasn't cleaning up its IRQs on exit at all so there was no
use of an unprototyped function.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This adds a previously undefined test register and removed a
number of double-defined accessory detect registers (they are
already defined higher up in the file.
Signed-off-by: Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
TPS65912 has five GPIOs that can be configured for different
purposes.
Signed-off-by: Margarita Olaya Cabrera <magi@slimlogic.co.uk>
Acked-by: Grant Likely <grant.likely@secretlab.ca>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
This module controls the interrupt handling for the tps65912.
The interrupt sources can be the following:
- GPIO
- PWRON signal
- PWRHOLD signal
- Temperature detection
Signed-off-by: Margarita Olaya Cabrera <magi@slimlogic.co.uk>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The tps65912 chip is a power management IC. It contains the following
components:
- Regulators
- GPIO controller
The core driver is registered as a platform driver, it provides communication
through I2C and SPI interfaces.
Signed-off-by: Margarita Olaya Cabrera <magi@slimlogic.co.uk>
Acked-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Liam Girdwood <lrg@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The WM831x AUXADC hardware can schedule multiple conversions at once,
allowing higher performance when more than one source is in use as we
can have the hardware start new conversions without having to wait for
a register write.
Take advantage of this in the interrupt driven case, maintaining a list of
callers that are waiting for AUXADC conversions and completing them all
simultaneously. The external interface of the AUXADC is not changed so
there will be limited use of the feature immediately.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Ensure that there's no possibility of loosing an AUXADC interrupt by reading
the conversion result in the IRQ handler when using interrupts. Otherwise
it's possible that under very heavy load a new conversion could be initiated
before the acknowledgement for a previous interrupt has happened.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Use irq_allocate_desc() to get the IRQ range, which turns into a noop on
non-sparse systems. Since all existing users are non-sparse there should
be no compatibility issues.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Allow platform data to flag the touchscreen as disabled so that if the
touch driver is built in we don't end up causing lots of work by spuriously
detecting touchscreen activity on systems where it isn't in use.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
The WM831x IRQ set_type() operation is doing a direct register write when
called but since set_type() is called with the bus lock held this isn't
legal and could cause deadlocks in the IRQ core.
Fix this by posting the updates into an array and syncing in the
bus_sync_unlock() callback.
Signed-off-by: Mark Brown <broonie@opensource.wolfsonmicro.com>
Signed-off-by: Samuel Ortiz <sameo@linux.intel.com>
Add support for architecture-specific hooks into the kernel-directed
random number generator interfaces. This patchset does not use the
architecture random number generator interfaces for the
userspace-directed interfaces (/dev/random and /dev/urandom), thus
eliminating the need to distinguish between them based on a pool
pointer.
Changes in version 3:
- Moved the hooks from extract_entropy() to get_random_bytes().
- Changes the hooks to inlines.
Signed-off-by: H. Peter Anvin <hpa@linux.intel.com>
Cc: Fenghua Yu <fenghua.yu@intel.com>
Cc: Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com>
Cc: Herbert Xu <herbert@gondor.apana.org.au>
Cc: "Theodore Ts'o" <tytso@mit.edu>
Loop devices today have a fixed pre-allocated number of usually 8.
The number can only be changed at module init time. To find a free
device to use, /dev/loop%i needs to be scanned, and all devices need
to be opened until a free one is possibly found.
This adds a new /dev/loop-control device node, that allows to
dynamically find or allocate a free device, and to add and remove loop
devices from the running system:
LOOP_CTL_ADD adds a specific device. Arg is the number
of the device. It returns the device i or a negative
error code.
LOOP_CTL_REMOVE removes a specific device, Arg is the
number the device. It returns the device i or a negative
error code.
LOOP_CTL_GET_FREE finds the next unbound device or allocates
a new one. No arg is given. It returns the device i or a
negative error code.
The loop kernel module gets automatically loaded when
/dev/loop-control is accessed the first time. The alias
specified in the module, instructs udev to create this
'dead' device node, even when the module is not loaded.
Example:
cfd = open("/dev/loop-control", O_RDWR);
# add a new specific loop device
err = ioctl(cfd, LOOP_CTL_ADD, devnr);
# remove a specific loop device
err = ioctl(cfd, LOOP_CTL_REMOVE, devnr);
# find or allocate a free loop device to use
devnr = ioctl(cfd, LOOP_CTL_GET_FREE);
sprintf(loopname, "/dev/loop%i", devnr);
ffd = open("backing-file", O_RDWR);
lfd = open(loopname, O_RDWR);
err = ioctl(lfd, LOOP_SET_FD, ffd);
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Cc: Karel Zak <kzak@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
Replace the linked list, that keeps track of allocated devices, with an
idr index to allow a more efficient lookup of devices.
Cc: Tejun Heo <tj@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Kay Sievers <kay.sievers@vrfy.org>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
This moves the FC classes bsg code to the block layer and
makes it a lib so that other classes like iscsi and SAS can use it.
It is helpful because working with the request queue, bios,
creating scatterlists, etc are a pain that the LLD does not
have to worry about with normal IOs and should not have to
worry about for bsg requests.
Signed-off-by: Mike Christie <michaelc@cs.wisc.edu>
Signed-off-by: Jens Axboe <jaxboe@fusionio.com>
